Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Bonds / Record

Record

rec · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker rec
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Bonds
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Record
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
recordfg.com

Modernisation and diversification…
the investment delivers

Record plc Annual Report 2022

R

e

c

o

r

d

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

2

 
 
 
 
 
Our purpose
To continue to harness trends and 
innovate by collaborating with our clients

Our vision 
Diverse partnerships of financial specialists 
– creating unique, opportunistic, sustainable 
solutions

Our mission
Independent, candid advice derived from 
our 40-year legacy – as we evolve into a 
global asset management network

Our value proposition
Transparency and trust, above all. We listen 
to clients, truly understand their needs then 
collaborate with like-minded specialist 
partners from a wide range of asset classes 
to deliver solutions

Annual Report 2022
Contents

Strategic report

Financial highlights

About us

Chairman’s statement

Chief Executive Officer’s statement

Business model

Products and distribution

Products

Markets

Strategy

Key performance indicators

Sustainability

Task Force on Climate Related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”)
Section 172 Companies Act 2006 – 
Our stakeholders 

Operating review

Financial review

Risk management

Viability statement

Governance

Chairman’s introduction

Board of Directors

Corporate governance report

Nomination Committee report

Audit Committee report

Remuneration report

Directors’ report

Directors’ responsibilities 
statement

Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report

Financial statements

Notes to the financial statements

Additional information

Five year summary

Information for shareholders

Definitions

1

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

18

22

26

32

37

40

44

49

55

57

58

60

67

70

76

94

97

99

106

113

146

147

148

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

1

Financial highlights

Our year in numbers

Assets Under Management Equivalents1 (“AUME”)

$83.1bn +3.7%

2021: $80.1bn

Earnings per share

4.52p +64.4%

2021: 2.75p

Revenue

£35.1m +38.2%

2021: £25.4m

Ordinary dividend per share

3.60p

2021: 2.30p

Profit before tax

+56.5%

£10.9m +75.8%

2021: £6.2m

Special dividend per share

0.92p

2021: 0.45p

+104%

1.  As a currency and derivatives manager, Record manages only the impact of foreign exchange 

and not the underlying assets, therefore its “assets under management” are notional rather 
than real. To distinguish this from the AUM of conventional asset managers, Record uses the 
concept of Assets Under Management Equivalents (“AUME”) and by convention this is quoted 
in US dollars. AUME is an alternative performance measure and further detail on how it is 
defined is provided on page 148.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
2 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

About us

Record began with a spark. An idea, Currency Overlay, 
which led to the signing of the world’s first Currency 
Overlay mandate in 1985. We’ve been harnessing trends 
ever since, with curiosity, innovation and integrity. 

We were one step ahead then when we began and we aren’t standing still 
today – as we invite greater diversity of thought, specialist partnerships 
and new solutions for our clients.

Rest of the world

$2.8bn
3%

United Kingdom

$9.0bn
11%

Continental Europe

$51.3bn
62%

North  
America

$20.0bn
24%

Global AUME and operating locations

 Head Office (Windsor)      
 Other offices      
 Client locations

Where we operate
The Group’s main geographical markets, as determined by 
the location of clients to whom services are provided, are 
the UK, North America and Continental Europe, in particular 
Switzerland. The Group also has clients elsewhere, 
including Australia.

The Group’s Head Office is in Windsor, UK from where the 
majority of its operations are performed and controlled. 
The Group also has offices in London, New York, Zürich and 
Düsseldorf.

In addition to these main markets, we continue to explore 
new geographical markets which we believe may offer 
attractive opportunities.

Record plc 

About us

Annual Report 2022  

3

Our approach

Our values

Listen  
A client-focused 
approach 

Understand  
Using strengths and 
experience developed 
over almost 40 years 

Deliver  
Unique, innovative and 
sustainable solutions

People first

Our clients value our understanding of how 
achieving long‑term, sustainable investment 
objectives is a mindful journey, as much as 
an economic one. Then there’s our team – 
championed for its intellectual diversity, 
passion and dynamism. It’s our people that 
makes us great.

Integrity

We’ve always had a legacy of honesty 
and upfront client advice during almost 
40 years in existence – and that will never 
change. This ethos echoes throughout our 
people, our relationships, our products and 
our fees. And, as an impartial, independent, 
listed business, we are guided by best 
practice and ethical codes of conduct.

Collaboration

We firmly believe in the power of many. 
Our expanding network of like‑minded 
specialists from around the world means 
we can call on various strengths and expertise. 
This flexibility allows us to customise unique 
solutions for our clients.

Curiosity

We are restless minds driven by curiosity, ideas 
and innovation. We always question, so we can 
give our clients excellence and value. We are not 
afraid to say no if it’s not the right investment 
fit. Or to dig a bit deeper – to unearth other 
opportunities or create new solutions that don’t 
yet exist.

Kindness

In many ways, we can be described as 
empathetic investment advisers and champions 
of varied thought. Listeners first, we get to 
know our clients and learn what their needs are 
– then we create customised solutions that fit 
their specific needs.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
4 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Chairman’s statement

While the general 
economic, political and 
security environment has 
noticeably worsened in 
the past year, Record plc 
has enjoyed contrasting 
fortunes with strong 
rises in its revenues 
and profits.

Neil Record
Chairman

The year ending 31 March 2022 (“FY‑22”) has been one of 
enormous change for the business. Revenue is up 38% on 
the comparative year and pre‑tax profit up 76%. We have 
successfully launched and expanded our EM Sustainable 
Finance Fund; our European subsidiary, Record Asset 
Management GmbH, is bringing new ideas, new products 
and new clients; and our US hedging business has grown 
substantially on the back of large Dynamic Hedging mandates.

I consider FY‑22 to be the start of a new chapter in Record’s 
history. It is clear from the pipeline of projects, clients and 
ideas that the firm is no longer going to be a purely currency 
management specialist. While we will maintain our currency 
speciality, we are widening our offering in the alternative 
asset management space.

We plan to diversify into areas where specialist skills 
are well rewarded; where investor appetite is high, and 
where our existing expertise can be put to use. We have 
already demonstrated that we can work closely with large 
international bank partners to launch the EM Sustainable 
Finance Fund (moving us for the first time in scale into the 
frontier currency world); and I am pleased to report that 
we plan to launch further funds with a variety of different 
investor appetites and asset classes.

The invasion of Ukraine and the resulting humanitarian crisis 
is like no other experienced in our generation in Europe. 
Our thoughts are with the people experiencing untold pain 
and hardship, and we hope that negotiations to end the 
conflict will prevail. I would like to offer particular thanks 
to the group of Ukrainian nationals who have been working 
to upgrade our IT infrastructure, despite the incredibly 
challenging conditions. We are doing everything we can to 
offer them our support.

I am very enthusiastic about our company’s future. We have 
in place an extremely talented and effective CEO, Leslie Hill, 
who since her appointment in early 2020 has masterminded 
many of the growth orientated changes focused on delivering 
results that we are now seeing. I also see a rising generation 
of talented and energetic individuals with the skills, 
background and support to continue to bring about change 
and growth. I believe these individuals will add significant 
value to the business by taking responsibility and bringing 
broader strength in depth to the future leadership team.

Financial overview
This new chapter for Record has been accompanied by an 
exceptional set of results, which not only go to illustrate 
the strength of the leadership team, but also underlines the 
credibility of the new strategy. Growth in management fees 
of 37% has driven the reversal of the short‑term reduction 
in profitability seen in FY‑21, with Record’s operating margin 
increasing to 31% from 24% last year. Encouragingly, this 
growth is linked to a positive change in our revenue weighting 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

5

Chairman’s statement

Operating margin

31%

FY‑21: 24%

Earnings per share

+7%

4.52p +64%

FY‑21: 2.75p

towards higher revenue‑margin products from both existing 
and newly launched products, supporting the change in 
strategic direction towards a more diversified set of products 
and services. Notwithstanding an increase in both personnel 
and non‑personnel costs as the business continues to invest 
in its people and systems, the Group has delivered a 64% 
increase in earnings and continues to be supported by its 
robust and liquid Balance Sheet, with total equity of almost 
£26 million.

Further information on financial results can be found in the 
Financial review section on page 44. 

Capital and dividend
The Board is pleased with the progress made from the 
change in strategy and remains confident in the future 
growth prospects of the business.

Our capital and dividend policies have not changed 
during the last two years and we have continued to pay 
both ordinary and special dividends over this period, 
notwithstanding the significant disruption and uncertainty 
arising from the pandemic when many companies were 
cutting or cancelling their dividends.

Our capital policy aims to ensure retention of capital 
assessed as required for regulatory purposes, for working 
capital purposes and for investing in new opportunities 
for the business. Our dividend policy now targets a level of 
ordinary dividend within the range of 70% to 90% of annual 
earnings, and which allows for progressive and sustainable 
dividend growth in line with the trend in profitability. It is 
also the Board’s intention, subject to financial performance 
and market conditions at the time, to return excess earnings 
over ordinary dividends for the financial year and adjusted for 
changes in capital requirements, to shareholders, normally in 
the form of special dividends.

The Board is recommending a final ordinary dividend of 
1.80 pence per share (2021: 1.15 pence) with the full‑year 
ordinary dividend at 3.60 pence per share (2021: 2.30 pence), 
representing a 57% increase in the ordinary dividend and 
an ordinary payout ratio of 80% of earnings. The interim 
dividend of 1.80 pence was paid on 30 December 2021, and 
the final ordinary dividend of 1.80 pence will be paid on 
9 August 2022 to shareholders on the register at 1 July 2022, 
subject to shareholder approval.

Having carefully reviewed the current level of Group 
capital against its ongoing requirements for regulatory 
and investment purposes and to support its continued 
growth, the Board considers the current level of capital to be 
sufficient and is announcing a special dividend of 0.92 pence 
per share to be paid simultaneously with the final ordinary 
dividend. Total proposed dividends per share for the year are 
4.52 pence per share (2021: 2.75 pence) compared to earnings 
per share of 4.52 pence (2021: 2.75 pence).

The Board
We have welcomed two new Non‑executive Directors to 
the plc Board in FY‑22 – Matt Hotson and Krystyna Nowak. 
We have said goodbye to both Rosemary Hilary, who retired 
from the Board in September 2021 and, as I reported in my 
statement last year, to Jane Tufnell who stood down from the 
Board at the Company AGM in July 2021, when Tim Edwards 
took over the role of Senior Independent Director.

I would like to thank Rosemary, who ably chaired the Audit 
and Risk Committee during her tenure on the Board and 
brought to that role a forensic mind and long experience of 
the management of financial and business risk.

We have split the Audit and Risk Committee functions, and 
Matt Hotson has taken on the Chair of the non‑executive 
Audit Committee, while we have established a Risk 
Committee as an executive function.

Matt comes to us with senior CFO experience, and brings a 
sharp intellect and a current executive role elsewhere to our 
Board team.

Krystyna Nowak has taken on the Chair of the Nomination 
Committee. Krystyna’s background is in executive search 
following a career in banking. She brings wide experience 
of managing our most valuable asset – our people – and we 
look forward to benefiting from her expertise.

Outlook
There appears to be a contrast between the outlook 
for Record plc on the one hand, and the wider economic 
environment on the other.

Taking first Record’s prospects. As I have already mentioned, 
we are witnessing a fundamental change in the business, 
which I believe has the potential to transform for the better 
Record’s scale and resilience within the next few years. 
This leaves me feeling very optimistic for the firm.

By contrast, I am concerned that the current economic, 
financial and geopolitical pressures facing Western 
democracies may well see a prolonged period of very difficult 
conditions – high inflation; low, zero or negative growth; 
overstretched fiscal positions; and the likelihood of political 
instability. One way or another, these conditions may well 
impact on Record’s growth prospects, but my current 
judgement is that our growth will outweigh the headwinds 
imposed on us by these global economic problems.

Neil Record
Chairman

20 June 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
6 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Chief Executive Officer’s statement

Two years after taking 
on the role of CEO, I can 
now confidently report 
that we are making 
real progress against 
our stated objectives 
to modernise, diversify 
and build our business. 

Leslie Hill
Chief Executive Officer

The team and I are very pleased with the development of our 
strategy, and have great plans for the future. To that end, 
I am now detailing our aspirations in more concrete terms 
than we have in the past. We can, I believe, achieve revenue 
of approximately £60 million by this time in 2025 and will 
continue to improve our operating margin, inflation willing. 
This will give our investors a clearer sense of our trajectory 
and confidence in the future. 

Progress against strategy
Our “house”, to continue an analogy I used last year, is now 
much more robust in so many ways, as you will see detailed 
below and further on in this report. Our new ventures 
and products are bearing fruit, and we are expanding 
our strategic partnerships around the world, while also 
developing interesting new opportunities with our loyal 
client base. The longevity of our relationships continues to 
be a source of great pride to us all, but we are also finding 
new major groups and institutions who value what we have 
to offer, and want to work with us. I will detail each of the 
key pillars of our strategy as follows:

Diversification
In June of 2021 we did indeed launch our EM Sustainable 
Finance Fund, and it has gone well. We now run 
approximately $1.2 billion in this strategy, which was built 
for and in partnership with UBS Global Wealth Management in 
Switzerland. Despite a turbulent year in the world of Emerging 
Markets we have succeeded in outperforming our benchmark 
and growing assets while weathering some unusually volatile 
geopolitical waters. We continue to invest considerable 
resource in this opportunity and it is providing results. We are 
working on some new and interesting Impact and Sustainable 
Finance initiatives of which I look forward to reporting more in 
the coming year. In addition, we set up a Senior Sustainability 
Office this year to make sure we observe and are at the 
forefront of best practice in this demanding area. 

However, we are all about diversification and there are a 
few other notable milestones reached this year which are 
worth highlighting. We have been informed by BaFin that 
our application has been approved which will enable us to 
build our asset management business in Continental Europe, 
and have created a strong core team in Zürich, Germany and 
Amsterdam. Some of our projects are coming to fruition, with 
clients added in Holland, and a new Municipal Bond fund 
developed for the German market. We acquired our first ever 
Japanese hedging client this year, and will plan to build on 
this milestone.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

7

Chief Executive Officer’s statement

Revenue

Profit before tax

£35.1m +38%

£10.9m +76%

FY‑21: £25.4m

FY‑21: £6.2m

In addition, we are building a suite of Luxembourg‑based 
funds this year which will allow us to further realise our 
aspirations to become a fully fledged asset manager, adding 
to our existing credentials as an overlay and derivatives 
manager. Our growth agenda is on target and we continue 
to add clients for our currency and derivatives offerings, 
particularly in the Asset Management field, where we 
acquired four new clients this year, with more to come. 

Modernisation
So much work has been done to bring our infrastructure up 
to date and both strengthen and protect our business, and 
therefore our clients. We are now established as a company 
with sophisticated IT infrastructure, with hybrid cloud and 
on‑premise capabilities to ensure maximum flexibility, and 
we have managed to keep all of this work both on target 
and on budget.

We are also working hard to continue expanding our software 
development team, offering customised and cost‑effective 
solutions to our business partners as well as to more and 
more clients. Particularly of note is the enthusiasm with 
which our Asset Management clients greet our willingness 
to take the currency burden off their shoulders so they can 
concentrate on growing their own businesses. Doing what 
others do not want to do may not be glamorous but we 
have the experience and the history of reliably taking on 
the challenges of our clients and as a team we receive them 
with open arms! We now view our technology stack as a 
journey of constant evolution, not a single destination, and 
I think we will have more interesting announcements in the 
coming year. 

Succession
We continue the progression – enabling young, vibrant 
members of our team to become equity owners and take 
on more responsibility. This year saw more promotions 
within our ranks than any other year in our history, which is 
a testament to our desire to develop talent. Our new London 
office has allowed us to attract this talent and our continued 
flexible working arrangements are enhancing rather than 
reducing productivity. 

However, we do know that you simply cannot replace 
idea sharing and training face‑to‑face, and have found 
the implementation of a working schedule that includes 
core office days essential to teamwork and collaboration. 
In addition to all of this, we are building strong and modern 
Diversity and Inclusion policies and working to attract more 
women and ethnic minorities into our senior roles; we just 
this year implemented our first ever Mentoring and Coaching 
programme for our mid and senior‑level women which we 
sourced from a cutting‑edge US‑based company. We will do 
more of this as it was well received by our staff. 

Financial performance
In terms of results, rewardingly we have achieved a 38% 
increase in revenues year on year and a 76% increase in 
profits, and an increase in our operating margins from 24% 
to 31%, all of which I think speaks for itself. We are just 
starting to get into our stride here and while I want to keep 
everything steady and calm I do believe we have a long way 
to go. In addition we have seen a return to performance fees 
earned this year after a hiatus, and while these earnings are 
somewhat episodic, our clients’ patience and belief in us has 
gratifyingly been proved worthwhile, for them and for us.

Outlook
We have so much yet to do, and so much further to go, as 
we move from a niche overlay manager into the world of 
mainstream asset management while not losing sight of 
our core expertise and the importance of this part of our 
business. I believe we can combine the flexibility and agility 
of a small business – as is shown by our Tech transformation, 
with the scale and credibility of a much larger business, 
as is demonstrated by our asset base, our growing global 
reach and the scalability of our product and service offering. 
This will be the secret of success in coming years, and it is 
making this company, and indeed my job, most interesting 
and rewarding. 

Leslie Hill
Chief Executive Officer

20 June 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
8 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Business model

Our purpose

Our resources

Our strategy

Record was born of an 
idea that no one else 
in our industry had: 
Currency Overlay, 
which led to the 
signing of the world’s 
first Currency Overlay 
mandate in 1985. 
Almost four decades 
later, we purposefully 
continue to harness 
trends, ignite ideas 
and spark innovation, 
with intellectual, 
inquisitive and 
diverse thinking. 
And we apply this 
never‑standing‑still 
approach to all our 
specialist 
partnerships and 
solutions.

This way, we stay 
one step ahead  
for our clients.

Client relationships
We forge strong, collaborative and 
long‑standing client relationships 
acting as a trusted adviser, 
underpinned by a deep understanding 
of each client’s opportunities and 
investment objectives.

Expertise and 
partnerships
We are experts in FX and derivatives 
products and markets and we use this 
in collaboration with our expanding 
network of like‑minded specialist 
partners to build unique solutions for 
our clients.

Technology and 
innovation
We continually invest in the 
modernisation of our systems and 
technology to help us innovate and to 
ensure we achieve scalable, robust and 
efficient delivery of our products and 
services.

Financial strength
Record is a highly cash‑generative, 
asset‑light business with a strong 
balance sheet and a disciplined 
and rigorous approach to capital 
management – strengths which 
have guided us through various 
and challenging market cycles over 
almost 40 years in business.

Values and culture
Strong values and a culture built 
over almost 40 years underpin the 
way we work, guiding our behaviour, 
operations and communications in 
everything we do.

Our strategy is focused 
on accelerated growth 
supported by the 
following three pillars:

Modernisation
Investing in new technology is 
essential for ensuring our 
business remains competitive 
and innovative. It gives greater 
flexibility to adapt to changes in 
markets and investor appetite, 
whilst providing more efficient 
working practices and scalable 
solutions.

Diversification
Our expertise in collaboration 
with like‑minded partners 
combines to provide innovative 
solutions that fulfil specific 
investor objectives. Successful 
diversification spans every 
aspect of our business: people, 
products, client types and 
geographies, specialist skill sets 
and alternative markets.

Succession
As our business moves into a 
new era, it remains vital for 
our future success that key 
individuals are retained and 
encouraged to become 
long‑term employees and 
equity holders in Record.

See more  
on page 18

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

9

Business model

Our financial model

Benefits to our  
stakeholders

The business is highly 
cash‑generative with a robust 
balance sheet and strong capital 
position. A rigorous and disciplined 
approach to capital management 
allows the business to reinvest for 
growth and to drive shareholder 
value and returns. The Group holds 
no external debt.

Cash generation

Our highly cash‑generative business 
model allows us to remain independent, 
self‑financing with no external debt. 
We use the cash generated to reinvest into 
the business in the pursuit of growth in line 
with our strategy, to ensure the day‑to‑day 
expenditure requirements of the business 
are met, and to return surplus cash to our 
shareholders in the form of dividends or 
share repurchases.

Net cash inflow (before tax) from operating activities:

£12.7m +55%

FY‑21: £8.2m

Returns to shareholders – total dividends per share:

4.52p +64%

FY‑21: 2.75p

Clients
In all respects, we are a client-led business. 
We listen to our clients, understand their 
investment objectives and, using our expertise 
alongside that of our chosen partners, deliver 
innovative products and services and the highest 
levels of client service.

People
Our people make our business great and are 
championed for their intellectual diversity, passion 
and dynamism. We are committed to ensuring 
that our culture openly reflects our values and to 
creating the best possible working environment 
where our people can thrive. 

Society
Providing support for local community-led projects 
and charitable causes.

Environment
Reduced environmental impact – we have committed 
to reduce our own carbon emissions and to develop 
impactful and sustainable investment solutions 
alongside our clients and partners.

Shareholders
To ensure the long-term success of the Group and to 
deliver enhanced shareholder value through growth 
in both financial performance and progressive and 
sustainable capital distributions.

See more on  
pages 38 and 39

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
10 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Products and distribution

We aim to forge long-term partnerships with 
clients, acting as their trusted adviser to fully 
understand their investment objectives in 
order to develop effective solutions.

Strategic approach
Record’s strategic sales objective is to drive accelerated 
revenue growth diversified by product, geography and client 
type. It aims to achieve this objective with a sharp focus on 
the following four areas:
•  a broad range of flagship products (which are 

“best‑in‑class” amongst their respective competitors);
•  a targeted but flexible approach to the sales process;
•  strategic partnerships with our clients and the highest 

levels of client service; and

•  strong relationships with other service providers, for 
example fund management companies or investment 
consultants.

Flagship products
Record has been a specialist currency manager for almost 40 
years and continues to put tailored currency solutions, both risk 
management and return‑seeking, at the core of our offering.

Our currency products and services continue to evolve in line 
with our clients’ requirements in terms of technology, service 
and investment process. Examples include improvements 
in efficiency and robustness for our Passive Hedging 
clients, more flexible and responsive risk management for 
our Dynamic Hedging clients, new investment strategies 
(e.g. long‑short EM and G3 short‑volatility) for our 
return‑seeking clients, and a continuously expanding 
universe of frontier currencies which we price and execute. 

Our currency risk management expertise continues to 
resonate across Europe and the US, illustrated by growth 
in assets in both Passive and Dynamic Hedging which has 
continued in a world that looks a lot more uncertain and risky 
than a few years ago. Our Dynamic Hedging team has done an 
excellent job in working with our clients to adjust portfolios 
regularly (sometimes daily) in sync with market movements.

The Record EM Sustainable Finance Fund (“EMSF”), which 
we successfully launched in June 2021 in collaboration with 
UBS Wealth Management, has substantially outperformed 
its peers throughout the volatile period following the 
Russian invasion of Ukraine. Our ability to actively manage 
the currency portfolio and to invest in less liquid frontier 
currencies has been a big contributor to this achievement.

As the world de‑globalises, the importance of multi‑lateral 
development banks (“MDBs”) in support of emerging countries 
is increasing, as is the role of a fund like ours which acts as a 
conduit between hard and local currency for the MDBs.

A targeted but flexible approach
Beyond EMSF, we have, in collaboration with select 
investment consultants, seen sales success in the area of 
alternative credit. We are also preparing a series of mandates 
in the areas of direct lending, alternative credit, trade finance 
and infrastructure, all of which include Record to varying 
degrees in the role of initiator and structurer, distributor, 
portfolio manager or currency hedger.

This growth on the asset management side of the business 
is testament to our sales team’s ability to address client 
concerns and add value by crafting existing flagship products 
into new and unique solutions, and to our investment 
and operational teams’ abilities to deliver seamless 
implementations.

Clients as partners
Record has long prided itself on client retention and 
exceptional levels of client service and this forms the base 
for the creation of any new product or service.

Paramount to developing desirable and client‑led products 
is the input of, and engagement with, prospective clients so 
that the products truly meet their needs and are a solution 
to challenges they face. Where possible, we aim to forge 
long‑term partnerships with clients, acting as their trusted 
advisers. Working in this way with clients, where both sides 
understand the other’s capabilities and desires, allows us to 
design solutions that directly address the real investment 
challenges faced by them.

With an expanding range of best‑in‑class building blocks 
(created from our flagship products), combined with our 
sales and investment teams’ flexibility and attention 
to detail, we pursue a path to growing our base of large 
clients through unique customised offerings.

Service providers and regional focus
Investment consultants have long formed a key part of 
Record’s client engagement and sales strategy and have 
contributed significantly to our success, which remains as 
true as ever.

As the range of services that we offer expands with both 
flagship products and tailored solutions, the importance 
of service providers across our delivery infrastructure 
increased, and we are proud to have forged excellent 
working relationships with select fund management 
companies, fund administrators, and legal and tax advisers, 
allowing us to create new investment vehicles fast, reliably 
and cost‑efficiently.

While the investment landscape is relatively standardised 
when it comes to the locations where investment vehicles 
are crafted and registered, client requirements (ranging 
from the investment strategy itself to seemingly more 
mundane things such as risk or solvency reporting) are 
often driven by local legal specifications and communication 
is often affected by cultural norms. To ensure a seamless 
understanding of client needs, we work with local business 
partners, as we have in the US, Germany, the Netherlands 
and the Middle East, across important geographies where 
we have no large presence ourselves.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

11

Products and distribution

Q&A

with Dmitri Tikhonov,  
Chief Investment Officer

What is it that makes you want to invest your time 
at Record?
When I joined Record in 2002 as a quantitative analyst, the 
company had a relatively narrow yet impressive expertise, 
providing risk management solutions for developed 
world currencies. Over only a few years the product 
range expanded to include Currency for Return, emerging 
market currencies and more sophisticated approaches to 
currency risk management, expanding our client base in 
turn. Record is a business that has demonstrated an ability 
to evolve, innovate and grow. The thrill of participating in 
this evolutionary process is exciting and rewarding. Record 
has created a nurturing inclusive internal culture. National 
and educational diversity offers opportunities for very 
different individuals to learn and thrive in all parts of the 
organisation.

What is it about your role that you most enjoy?
My role offers a unique combination of different types 
of work; analytical and holistic, internally and externally 
focused, tactical and strategic. This role offers autonomy, 
as well as opportunity to develop mastery whilst pursuing 
a clear purpose of serving clients and the business. 
Working with teams of outstanding individuals is another 
very important aspect that brings joy to my daily work.

How do you see Record’s role evolving over 
the next few years?
Record has been focusing on the expansion of its 
expertise beyond developed, emerging and frontier 
currencies through product diversification. Moving 
forward, we will continue to deliver unique investment 
solutions by demonstrating excellence in sustainable 
and impact‑related asset management, sophisticated, 
multi‑faceted FX risk management as well as fixed 
income and yield enhancement strategies.

Dmitri Tikhonov
Chief Investment Officer

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
12 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Products

The Group’s suite of core products is split into 
three main categories: Currency Risk Management, 
Return-Seeking products, and Multi-product.

Currency Risk Management

Record’s primary risk management products are the hedging 
products and are predominantly systematic in nature. Record 
has the experience and expertise to deliver tailored hedging 
programmes to suit the individual currency needs of our clients.

We continually enhance our product offerings so that they 
maintain their premium product status. In a competitive 
marketplace, our ability to differentiate our hedging products 
is key to maintaining and growing our market share further.

Passive Hedging
Passive Hedging mandates have the cost‑effective reduction 
of currency risk as their sole objective. This is achieved 
through symmetrical and unbiased elimination of currency 
exposure from clients’ international portfolios.

Core Passive Hedging
The core Passive Hedging product requires execution and 
operational expertise to a greater extent than investment 
judgement, and provides the following benefits to clients:

•  independent, best execution;
•  custom benchmarks;
•  optimised exposure capture;
•  netting benefits;
•  regulatory reporting; and
•  management of cash flows.

Enhanced Passive Hedging
The enhanced Passive Hedging product offers the same 
benefits and requires the same level of execution and 
operational expertise as the core product, but recognises the 
opportunities presented for adding value by taking advantage 
of structural inefficiencies and behavioural changes arising 
in FX markets. It requires continuous monitoring, investment 
judgement and specialised infrastructure to identify the 
opportunities and then to take advantage of them with a 
structured and risk‑managed approach.

Dynamic Hedging
Record’s Dynamic Hedging product is an alternative to 
Passive Hedging and has reduction of currency volatility as 
well as generating value as dual objectives. The Dynamic 
Hedging product seeks to allow our clients to benefit from 
foreign currency strength while protecting them from foreign 
currency weakness relative to their own base currency.

Value is generated entirely through the asymmetric reduction 
of pre‑existing currency risk and Dynamic Hedging’s ability 
to outperform Passive Hedging is dependent on trending in 
currency markets.

Record plc 

Products

Annual Report 2022  

13

We also offer bespoke solutions tailored 
to individual client requirements.

Return‑Seeking

Multi‑product

Record’s Return‑Seeking strategies have the generation 
of investment return as their principal objective.

Currency Multi-Strategy
The Currency Multi‑Strategy range includes six principal 
strategies, being Carry, Emerging Market, Momentum, 
Value, Range Trading and Short Volatility, and it is possible 
to offer these in either a segregated or pooled fund structure.

These strategies can be combined in different weightings 
that appeal to particular market segments under Record’s 
Multi‑Strategy approach, which can be applied as an 
“overlay” to help clients achieve a variety of investment 
objectives, and offers clients access to the main sustainable 
sources of return in the currency market. Clients receive 
a diversified return stream which performs well under a 
variety of market conditions and reduces the correlation of 
their currency programme to other asset classes.

Record EM Sustainable Finance Fund (“EMSF”)
The EMSF was developed with the aim of investing currency 
with impact by combining strategic investment in currencies, 
an underlay of impact bonds, and focused counterparty 
engagement. 

Emerging and frontier economies often rely on loans 
denominated in foreign currencies to progress. However, 
currency volatility can act as a major barrier to the 
development of domestic capital markets and the creation 
of economic wealth. The costs of insuring the currency risk 
can be high and subject to large fluctuations, leaving local 
businesses and communities unprotected and vulnerable. 
The number of affected emerging market countries is vast, 
creating a large and diversified target universe for the fund.

Multi‑product mandates typically have combined risk‑
reducing and return‑seeking objectives, and are bespoke 
in nature. These may include a hedging mandate overlaid 
with selected elements of the Currency for Return product, 
which cannot readily be separated into its hedging and 
return‑seeking components for reporting purposes.

Municipal Loan Fund
In January 2022, Record announced the launch of a new 
private debt fund (“KOMMUNALIS+”), investing primarily 
in municipal loans. Record acts as asset manager, in 
partnership with technology investment specialists 
European Debt Solutions (“EDS”) and leading European 
fund service provider, Universal‑Investments Group 
(“Universal”). The fund is an open‑ended special AIF, 
registered in Luxembourg.

The new technologically enabled alternative investment 
fund aims at achieving returns of 60 basis points (0.60%) 
over Euribor, with two‑month liquidity, by investing 
in short‑term loans to European Municipalities and 
adding short‑term receivables from investment grade 
EU corporates. The fund utilises EDS’s innovation and 
Universal’s expertise to provide a highly efficient fund 
service platform for European investors. Initial funding 
is expected by the end of the first half of FY‑23.

Cash and other
Record also provides ancillary services including cash 
and liquidity management, collateral management and 
derivatives overlays.

Information on product investment performance is given 
in the Operating review section (pages 40 to 43).

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
14 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Markets

Our market environment 
and industry trends.

Our market

Industry trends

The currency market represents the 
biggest and most liquid financial 
market available, with exceptionally 
low transaction costs and daily FX 
volumes averaging $6.6 trillion 
(source: BIS Triennial Central Bank 
Survey of Foreign Exchange and OTC 
Derivatives Markets 2019). 

The FX market is essential to global trade and finance 
and includes a high proportion of not‑for‑profit or forced 
participants, resulting in profit‑seeking financial institutions 
continuing to represent a minority of FX market participants. 
Consequently, the market displays persistent patterns of 
behaviour or inefficiencies which we believe can best be 
exploited by a combination of systematic and discretionary 
processes.

The FX market continues to offer opportunities for investors. 
Record’s expertise is in identifying and understanding these 
opportunities and then working with clients to understand 
how such opportunities may be used to their best advantage, 
taking account of each client’s individual circumstances and 
attitude to risk.

Increase in demand for sustainable 
investment products

The last twelve months have seen an acceleration in the 
widespread incorporation of sustainability‑linked factors in 
investment products as investors become ever more focused 
on resilience. With broad understanding that “non‑financial” 
data (climate, social, governance, etc.) can more completely 
fortify portfolios to weather global shocks, asset managers 
have had to review the remits of fiduciary duty to take 
account of these fast‑evolving investor preferences and 
broader understanding of material risk. Pandemic contagion 
flagged risks that occur concomitant with an increasingly 
interconnected world, reliant upon global supply chains 
and geared by closely intertwined national economies. 
Long‑term climate risks and the global consequences of 
seemingly idiosyncratic sovereign‑level physical risks are 
therefore now better comprehended in their magnitude, and 
the importance of international co‑operation more seriously 
acknowledged. Investors have translated macroeconomic 
risks into portfolio risks, using frameworks such as that of 
the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (“SASB”) and 
the Task Force on Climate‑Related Financial Disclosures 
(“TCFD”) to understand what this means for the resilience 
of their investments, and it is the responsibility of asset 
managers to respond with credible and prudent sustainable 
solutions. For a summary of Record’s TCFD disclosures, 
please refer to pages 32 to 35.

Record plc 

Markets

Annual Report 2022  

15

Global and macro trends

Inflation comeback amidst covid‑19 
policy overhang and geopolitical 
conflicts

As the covid‑19 pandemic showed signs of morphing into 
an endemic following a successful vaccination campaign 
and the natural course of virus mutations, market attention 
turned towards pandemic policy overhangs and the 
implications for global asset classes. Pent‑up demand 
from precautionary savings, commodity price increases 
and supply side disruptions all contributed to an inflation 
comeback in the second half of FY‑22. This fuelled debate as 
to whether the new‑found ability of developed economies 
to generate price increases was only transitory in nature or 
now a permanent fixture of the global economy. Adding to 
the complexity of this assessment were further commodity 
price shocks as Russia began its invasion of Ukraine; with 
inflation no longer appearing transitory, central banks 
telegraphed their respective responses and most developed 
market central banks saw rapid tightening cycles priced. 
Although most central banks indicated higher forthcoming 
interest rates, these were not always commensurate with 
the expected levels of inflation, and stagflationary dynamics 
began to weigh on the euro and British pound in particular. 
The Bank of Japan was steadfast in its commitment to loose 
monetary policy, which saw the currency decline significantly 
versus the US dollar. The US dollar on aggregate made an 
impressive recovery from the year prior, benefiting from 
the “USD smile”, referring to positive performance during 
both risk‑off (via safe haven demand), and risk‑on (via US 
economic exceptionalism and Fed hawkishness) economic 
environments.

What this means for our business
Record’s Currency for Return strategies are designed 
to target persistent market patterns and risk premia. 
As economic, political and societal norms change, so 
must our approach. As such, we constantly challenge the 
assumptions underlying our investment process. During the 
period we evolved our flagship Emerging Markets (“EM”) 
product to move away from a long‑only currency approach 
and towards a long‑short methodology, which seeks to 
capture the trend towards greater heterogeneity of economic 
outlooks and return outlooks within the EM universe. 

Such an approach is better placed to exploit the various risk 
premia available in EM currencies, while benefiting from 
reduced sensitivity to broader risk sentiment emanating from 
external factors such as financial tightening elsewhere in the 
world including the US.

The strong performance of the US dollar during the period 
emphasised the benefits of active hedging strategies; 
Dynamic Hedging performed as expected, protecting US 
investors against foreign currency losses with higher hedge 
ratios when the US dollar strengthened, whilst limiting 
associated costs for strengthening base currencies such as 
the euro investors via lower hedge ratios. The rapid repricing 
of inflation risk and monetary policy tightening breathed 
life into short‑term interest rates and the FX basis, which 
presented opportunities to add value in enhanced Passive 
Hedging programmes through the active management of 
hedging tenor lengths. In addition, building on the prolonged 
effects from the pandemic, various idiosyncratic country 
crises affirmed interest in the bespoke management of EM 
currency exposures, where we are working with clients to help 
understand the risks emanating from EM currency and the 
various approaches that can be taken to manage such risks.

Record has also focused on developing sustainable finance 
strategies with a defined goal of achieving meaningful 
positive impact within the emerging market community. 
Record and UBS Global Wealth Management announced 
a strategic partnership by collaborating on the launch of 
the Record Emerging Market Sustainable Finance Fund 
(“EMSF”). This unique investment strategy demonstrates 
a commitment to innovation and the development of new 
sustainable investment products, which Record expects 
to have broad and growing appeal. The strategy’s impact 
thesis spans a multidimensional investment process, 
remaining active across the economic cycle in liquid and 
illiquid EM and Frontier currencies in pursuit of stabilising 
local market exchange rates and absorbing currency 
risks, whilst simultaneously investing in an underlay of 
sustainable development bonds issued by multilateral 
development banks with a strong track record of deploying 
sustainable development capital in emerging economies. 
The strategy’s ambitions are reinforced through an active 
engagement strategy with counterparty banks, incentivising 
improvements in counterparties’ performance across the 
ESG spectrum.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
16 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Markets continued

Review of the year ended 
31 March 2022.

Market review

The financial year began in a risk‑on fashion as a number 
of economies emerged from winter lockdowns following 
heavy vaccination drives which helped to alleviate stress on 
healthcare systems. It was heterogeneity in vaccination rates 
that initially captured investors’ attention, in particular the 
developed versus emerging market divide, with IMF officials 
warning of disparate recovery paths given developing 
countries’ dependence on tourism and weaker public 
finances. Indeed, the currencies of countries with favourable 
inoculation rates received “vaccine dividends” as markets 
priced in faster recoveries and faster monetary policy 
tightening cycles. 

The early summer gave way to the “transitory inflation” 
narrative in central bank communique, with Fed officials 
attributing temporary pressures to a range of factors including 
base effects, pandemic stimuli, ongoing supply chain issues, 
and economic re‑opening. Similarly elevated inflation prints 
across the developed market spectrum saw a hawkish tilt in 
central bank forward guidance with the Reserve Bank of New 
Zealand (“RBNZ”) and Norges Bank signalling rate hikes later in 
the year, the Bank of England (“BoE”) signalled the tapering of 
asset purchases in late 2021, whilst the Bank of China (“BoC”) 
reduced asset purchases in April. 

Mid‑summer marked a significant convergence in the vaccine 
race as Developed Markets (“DMs”) and several Emerging 
Markets (“EMs”) including the likes of the Euro Area, 
Canada, Turkey, Chile and Brazil made marked headway in 
vaccination distribution, closing the gap with leaders of the 
US and UK. Though growth prospects looked rosier, global 
covid‑19 nervousness remained elevated in view of the 
highly infectious but seemingly less‑deadly Delta variant. 
Government responses varied, including pockets of localised 
lockdowns linked with small outbreaks (particularly in the 
Asia‑Pacific region including Australia and New Zealand), 
delayed reopening schedules (UK by a month through to 
July) and upping the ante with quarantine/travel restrictions 
(notably seen between UK and EU countries). 

The Fed Jackson Hole Economic Symposium in August passed 
uneventfully, with Fed Chair Powell noting higher interest 
rates were still “a way away”, reiterating the “transitory” 
nature of recent inflation prints. Another notable dynamic 
remained the increasing hawk‑dove division as a few 
regional Fed presidents, including Waller and Bullard, vocally 
advocated for immediate bond purchase tapering in light of 
inflation risks and healthier labour market dynamics. Hawkish 
moves were initiated by DM policymakers into the last quarter 
of the year as committees aimed to balance inflation targets 
and expectations against economic growth and labour 
market recoveries. The RBNZ and Norges Bank became the 
first central banks to embark on their rate hiking cycle, whilst 
markets were also surprised by the BoC ending their bond 
buying programme, and the Reserve Bank of Australia (“RBA”) 
abandoning Yield Curve Control on three‑year bonds. 

The second half of the year saw several idiosyncratic risk 
episodes in emerging markets. In China, a heavy regulatory 
crackdown on its education and big technology sectors, 
followed by rising concerns that China’s real estate 
behemoth Evergrande faced a major solvency and default 
crisis, generated market volatility. The Turkish lira again 
experienced a crisis episode in Q4, triggered by consecutive 
Central Bank of the Republic of Turkey’s interest rate cuts 
since mid‑summer despite headline inflation reading in 
excess of 19% year‑on‑year during this time period.

Global market sentiment then took pause towards calendar 
year end with the emergence of the highly infectious 
Omicron variant, with multiple countries scrambling to levy 
stringent travel restrictions and a degree of local restrictions 
re‑introduced. Yet, global daily caseloads declined towards 
the end of the financial year, supporting risk sentiment, and 
owing to combined efforts of local restrictions and viral 
resistance from boosters/previous infections which saw a 
general “living with covid‑19” theme emerge. China remained 
an outlier as the last major country which keeps up to its 
zero‑covid‑19 policy with the recent rise in infections seeing 
multiple cities/provinces placed under stringent lockdowns. 

Market review

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

17

Markets continued

The last months of the financial year were largely 
characterised by the escalation and eventual invasion 
of Ukraine by Russia. Western countries enacted a swift 
and unified economic response, imposing a moratorium 
on transactions with the Central Bank of Russia, freezing 
Russian assets held in domestic banks and blocking the Nord 
Stream 2 pipeline project. Consequently, the risk of a larger 
regional war and surging energy and agriculture prices fed 
into market concerns and risk‑off sentiment. Investors were 
particularly concerned about the European growth and 
inflation picture given oil and gas dependence on Russia. 
Rallying commodity prices as a result of the Russia‑Ukraine 
war markedly benefited commodity‑linked currencies, such 
as the Norwegian Krona (“NOK”), Australian Dollar (“AUD”) 
and the Canadian Dollar (“CAD”) towards the end of the year.

Faced with the ongoing uncertainty of inflationary pressures 
and persistent inflation overshooting relative to its targets, 

G10 central banks largely abandoned all notions of transitory 
inflation by the end of the fiscal year, escalating their fight 
against inflation with more aggressive hiking language and 
several banks enacting rate hikes, including the Federal Open 
Market Committee (“FOMC”) (+25bps) and BoE (+50bps). The 
latest Fed dot plot showed officials’ median projection was 
for the benchmark rate to reach around 2.0% towards the 
end of 2022, then 2.8% in 2023 and 2024. The Bank of Japan 
(“BoJ”) and Swiss National Bank (“SNB”) remained at the 
back of the pack with regard to policy tightening, whilst the 
European Central Bank (“ECB”) sought to balance the risks 
from surging inflation, a fragile economy and the potential 
for financial market “fragmentation” as emergency bond 
purchases are unwound. The prospect of premature policy 
tightening forced by a sudden resurgence in inflation remains 
a key risk in the minds of investors going into the 2022 
financial year. Overall, the US dollar performed well for most 
of the year, reflecting a mixture of risk‑off market sentiment, 
US economic exceptionalism, and relative insulation to 
commodity price shocks from the war in Ukraine.

US dollar trade-weighted spot exchange rate
Index, 31 March 2021 = 100
Source: Record, Macrobond. 

110

105

100

95

90

Apr
2021

May
2021

Jun
2021

Jul
2021

Aug
2021

Sep
2021

Oct
2021

Nov
2021

Dec
2021

Jan
2022

Feb
2022

Mar
2022

Apr
2022

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
18 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Strategy

Our strategy is to offer clients unique, 
opportunistic and sustainable solutions 
which are highly valued and well rewarded.

Our strategy recognises the strengths and expertise of 
our business built over nearly 40 years, and combines this 
with the adoption of modern technology and differentiated 
skill sets through collaboration with like‑minded, specialist 
partners. This approach allows us to offer our clients 
unique, opportunistic and sustainable solutions to meet 
their differentiated investment objectives – solutions which 
are highly valued and well rewarded.

We use our long‑standing and trusted adviser relationships 
with current clients as an opportunity to collaborate 
and develop new ideas alongside willing participants. 
Collaboration with our partners gives further opportunity 
to expand our client base and relationships. The ability for 
us to connect to modern, third‑party systems as opposed to 
using in‑house systems development has both strengthened 
and diversified our business, leading to more robust and 
efficient processes. Technology continues to evolve at a pace 
and our investment in technology and modernisation will 
continue to evolve alongside, ensuring our aim of remaining a 
high‑quality, innovative, client and technology‑led business 
continues to adapt accordingly.

Modernisation

Diversification

Succession

The continued modernisation of 
our business is key to our future 
security and commercial success. 
Investing in new technology 
is essential for ensuring our 
business remains competitive in 
the fundamental areas of product 
innovation, client servicing and 
productivity. It allows us greater 
flexibility to adapt in response to 
changes in markets and investor 
appetite, whilst providing more 
efficient working practices and 
scalable solutions. 

Diversification of our business is 
critical to our growth strategy as 
we move from a niche currency 
and derivatives manager 
to becoming an alternative 
asset manager. Our expertise 
in currency and derivatives 
married with that of our 
specialist partners allows for 
the development of innovative 
and structured solutions that 
fulfil specific investor and 
market requirements, including 
impactful and sustainable 
investment products. The 
key to achieving successful 
diversification includes achieving 
diversity across all aspects of our 
business, including our people, 
products, client types and 
geographies, specialist skill sets 
and alternative markets.

We are fundamentally a 
people business with a focus 
on nurturing and developing 
existing members of our team, 
whilst attracting future talent 
to bring new and diverse skills 
and ideas to the business. As 
our business moves into a new 
era, more opportunities arise 
for developing the future talent 
and senior management of the 
Group and it is vital for our future 
success that these individuals 
are retained and encouraged to 
take more responsibility, add 
value and become long-term 
employees and equity holders 
in Record.

Record plc 

Strategy

Annual Report 2022  

19

Modernisation

Q+A  
with Rebecca Venis,  
Chief Technology Officer

What is it that makes you want to invest your 
time at Record?
It is an easy choice to invest time at Record because there 
are so many opportunities to make a difference to the 
business. Record has seen real growth in recent years, 
which validates everyone’s hard work and makes investing 
time in the business incredibly rewarding.

How do you see Record’s role evolving over 
the next few years?
We will continue in our role of being a trusted and reliable 
partner capable of solving problems for clients. As we 
expand our global footprint and our partnerships, we will 
be able to solve more problems, for more clients, more 
effectively.

What is it about your role that you most enjoy?
As the business continues to diversify, every team is 
challenged to adapt and drive forward our products, services 
and capabilities. I have loved helping people across the 
business grow in skills and confidence as they seize the 
opportunities presented to them. What is even more 
rewarding is seeing those who are brave and take on new 
challenges, receive the recognition and respect they deserve.

Rebecca Venis
Chief Technology Officer

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
20 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Strategy continued

Diversification

Q+A  
with Jan Witte,  
Global Head of Sales

What is it that makes you want to invest your 
time at Record?
I find working at Record incredibly exciting, so I greatly 
enjoy it as a way of spending my time. I am also proud of 
what we are building and we all identify strongly with 
it, which makes it very rewarding to see the excellent 
progress we are making and the strong forward 
momentum we have.

What is it about your role that you most enjoy?
The people. Across colleagues, clients, business partners 
and service providers, I feel privileged to be able to work 
with such reliable, impressive, focused and professional 
people from all over the world. We have become a truly 
global business and the progress we are making in some 
areas is exhilarating. I also enjoy the camaraderie that 
spans across the many different teams we work in and 
the financial industry in general as an infinite source of 
exciting new ideas.

How do you see Record’s role evolving over 
the next few years?
Having made a deliberate effort to diversify our product 
and service range over the last few years, we are now being 
disciplined in identifying and prioritising those initiatives 
which will allow us to become a network of collaborating 
best‑in‑class entities; a fantastic vision to work towards.

Jan Witte
Global Head of Sales

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

21

Strategy continued

Succession

Q+A  
with Kevin Ayles,  
Head of Human Resources

What is it that makes you want to invest your 
time at Record?
We have formed a strong new leadership team, with a clear 
vision, and I feel that we are energised to work collectively 
to deliver the strategy. The Record team is very capable, 
hardworking and creative and being part of this makes this 
a place where I want to invest my time.

What is it about your role that you most enjoy?
Personally, I find it very rewarding to see my colleagues 
flourish with the opportunities that they have been given. 
My team and I will now prioritise providing training, coaching 
and support to those taking on new responsibilities as well 
as continuing to identify and nurture talent.

How do you see Record’s role evolving over 
the next few years?
Our core strategic priorities of diversification, modernisation 
and succession all combine to provide very exciting 
opportunities for Record to continue to evolve in currency 
management, sustainable investing and asset management. 
With the development of the business comes opportunities 
for our colleagues to grow and work together to deliver 
unique solutions for our clients.

Kevin Ayles
Head of Human Resources

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
22 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Key performance indicators

Measuring our performance 
against our strategy.

Financial KPIs

Revenue  
(£m)

Operating profit margin 
(%)

Basic earnings per share 
(“EPS”) (pence per share)

Revenue is earned predominantly from 
the provision of currency management 
services in the form of management 
fees and performance fees.

Operating profit margin is an 
alternative performance measure, 
calculated by dividing operating profit 
by revenue.

The Group aims to create shareholder 
value over the long term, delivered 
through progressive and sustainable 
growth in EPS.

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

35.1

2022

31

2022

4.52

3.60

2022

0.92

25.4

25.6

25.0

23.8

2021

2020

2019

2018

24

30

2021

2020

32

2019

2.75

3.26

3.27

31

2018

3.03

Why this is important
Revenue is a key indicator of client 
experience, growth and a key driver 
of profitability. Growth in AUME, 
especially into Record’s higher 
revenue‑margin products, resulted in 
a 37% increase in management fees. 
Revenue also includes performance 
fees, which increased by £0.4m to 
£0.5m (2021: £0.1m).

Why this is important
EPS measures the overall effectiveness 
of the business model and drives 
both our dividend policy and the 
value generated for shareholders. 
Similarly to operating profit, EPS has 
increased this year as the benefits 
from the implementation of the new 
strategy begin to deliver results in 
financial terms.

Why this is important
Operating profit margin is an indicator 
of the efficiency of the business in 
turning revenue into profit. Inflows 
into higher revenue‑margin products 
in addition to efficiencies seen from the 
adoption of technology in operational 
areas both contributed to the increase 
in operating margin to 31% for the year.

The Group aims to increase the 
operating profit margin over time 
through investment in resources and 
technology to maintain its premium 
products and services, whilst 
increasing operating efficiency and 
developing more diversified revenue 
streams in higher‑margin products.

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Diversification

Diversification

Diversification

Modernisation

Modernisation

Modernisation

Succession

Diversification

Modernisation

Succession

Dividends per share (“DPS”) (pence per share)

Our dividend policy targets a level of ordinary dividend within the range of 70% 

to 90% of annual earnings, and which allows for progressive and sustainable 

dividend growth in line with the trend in profitability.

Ordinary

Special

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2.30

2.30

2.30

2.30

2021

0.45

2020

0.41

2019

2018

0.69

0.50

Why this is important

Progressive and sustainable dividend payments illustrate the cash‑generative 

nature of Record’s business, and its strength in converting profits into cash and 

providing a suitable return to shareholders. The ordinary dividend per share has 

increased by 57%, reflecting the Board’s confidence in the ability of the business 

to deliver its strategy and to achieve sustainable growth. The special dividend per 

share has increased by 0.47 pence, resulting in a 64% increase in total dividends to 

4.52 pence per share (2021: 2.75 pence per share).

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

23

Key performance indicators

The Board uses both financial and 
non‑financial key performance 
indicators (“KPIs”) to monitor and 
measure the performance of the 
Group against its strategic priorities. 

Some KPIs link to specific strategic 
areas as noted below, whilst others 
represent higher level key metrics in 
terms of the Group’s business and 
financial performance.

Operating profit margin 

Basic earnings per share 

Dividends per share (“DPS”) (pence per share)

Our dividend policy targets a level of ordinary dividend within the range of 70% 
to 90% of annual earnings, and which allows for progressive and sustainable 
dividend growth in line with the trend in profitability.

Ordinary

Special

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2.30

2.30

2.30

2.30

3.60

2022

0.92

2021

0.45

2020

0.41

2019

2018

0.69

0.50

Why this is important
Progressive and sustainable dividend payments illustrate the cash‑generative 
nature of Record’s business, and its strength in converting profits into cash and 
providing a suitable return to shareholders. The ordinary dividend per share has 
increased by 57%, reflecting the Board’s confidence in the ability of the business 
to deliver its strategy and to achieve sustainable growth. The special dividend per 
share has increased by 0.47 pence, resulting in a 64% increase in total dividends to 
4.52 pence per share (2021: 2.75 pence per share).

Revenue  

(£m)

(%)

(“EPS”) (pence per share)

Revenue is earned predominantly from 

Operating profit margin is an 

The Group aims to create shareholder 

the provision of currency management 

alternative performance measure, 

value over the long term, delivered 

services in the form of management 

calculated by dividing operating profit 

through progressive and sustainable 

fees and performance fees.

by revenue.

growth in EPS.

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

35.1

2022

31

2022

4.52

25.4

25.6

25.0

23.8

2021

2020

2019

2018

24

30

2021

2020

32

2019

2.75

3.26

3.27

31

2018

3.03

Why this is important

Why this is important

Why this is important

Revenue is a key indicator of client 

Operating profit margin is an indicator 

EPS measures the overall effectiveness 

experience, growth and a key driver 

of the efficiency of the business in 

of the business model and drives 

of profitability. Growth in AUME, 

turning revenue into profit. Inflows 

both our dividend policy and the 

especially into Record’s higher 

into higher revenue‑margin products 

value generated for shareholders. 

revenue‑margin products, resulted in 

in addition to efficiencies seen from the 

Similarly to operating profit, EPS has 

a 37% increase in management fees. 

adoption of technology in operational 

increased this year as the benefits 

Revenue also includes performance 

areas both contributed to the increase 

from the implementation of the new 

fees, which increased by £0.4m to 

in operating margin to 31% for the year.

strategy begin to deliver results in 

£0.5m (2021: £0.1m).

financial terms.

The Group aims to increase the 

operating profit margin over time 

through investment in resources and 

technology to maintain its premium 

products and services, whilst 

increasing operating efficiency and 

developing more diversified revenue 

streams in higher‑margin products.

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Diversification

Diversification

Diversification

Modernisation

Modernisation

Modernisation

Succession

Diversification

Modernisation

Succession

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
24 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Key performance indicators continued

Measuring our performance 
against our strategy.

Non-financial KPIs

AUME  
($ billion)

As a currency and derivatives manager, 
Record manages only the impact of 
foreign exchange and not the underlying 
assets of its clients, therefore its 
Assets Under Management (“AUM”) are 
notional. To distinguish this from the 
AUM of conventional asset managers, 
Record uses the concept of Assets 
Under Management Equivalents 
(“AUME”) and by convention this is 
quoted in US dollars. 

Client longevity  
(%)

Client longevity measures how long 
Record has been providing currency 
and derivative management services 
to each client with a mandate active 
as at 31 March 2022.

Average number 
of employees 

The average number of employees 
through the year includes 
Non‑executive Directors.

Staff retention  

Employees with equity 

(%)

interest (%)

Staff retention is the number of 

The percentage of employees who own 

employees who were employed by 

shares in Record plc at year end.

Record throughout the period as a 

percentage of the number of employees 

at the beginning of the period.

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

83.1

>10 years

20%

80.1

6‑10 years

11%

2022

2021

58.6

57.3

3‑6 years

1‑3 years

62.2

0‑1 year

13%

29%

2020

27%

2019

2018

82

83

82

85

81

Why this is important
AUME is an alternative performance 
measure and further detail on how it is 
defined is provided on page 148.

AUME is a key driver of future revenue 
and an indicator of business growth. 
AUME increased by 3.7% for the year, 
including net inflows of $2.4 billion 
diversified across product lines.

Why this is important
Client longevity is both an indicator of 
recent client growth, and also of the 
Group’s success in sustaining quality 
client relationships through investment 
cycles. Building long‑standing and 
trusted adviser relationships with 
clients provides opportunities for 
collaboration and partnerships on new 
and innovative investment products.

Why this is important
Average employee numbers is an 
indicator of business growth and also 
of how effectively the Group is using 
technology to make processes more 
efficient. Implementing the new strategy 
has required a change in mix of required 
skill sets of employees, so whilst the 
average number of employees has 
not changed significantly, a degree 
of employee turnover has brought 
additional knowledge and experience 
into the Group required to drive 
innovation and the diversification into 
new products and technology. 

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

74

2022

61

90

2021

81

84

2020

2019

93

2018

68

69

70

72

Why this is important

Why this is important

Planning for generational change is 

The alignment of employee interests 

key to the Group’s strategy. A decrease 

with those of our shareholders is an 

in staff retention in the year reflects 

important factor in ensuring the 

the focus on rebalancing the skill sets 

longer‑term success of our business 

required by the business to drive the 

and is an important tool in managing 

innovation and growth required to 

generational change. The decrease this 

deliver the strategy. The Group remains 

year is linked to changes made under 

cognisant of ensuring the retention 

the new strategy resulting in a higher 

and development of key talent as 

turnover of staff and consequently a 

well as the factors affecting all of our 

short‑term decrease in employees 

employees’ wellbeing.

holding shares. The Group’s 

remuneration structure includes 

schemes with both mandatory and 

voluntary equity participation, 

reflecting the importance the Group 

places on alignment. 

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Diversification

Diversification

Diversification

Diversification

Succession

Modernisation

Succession

Modernisation

Succession

Modernisation

Succession

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

25

Key performance indicators continued

AUME  

($ billion)

Client longevity  

(%)

Average number 

of employees 

As a currency and derivatives manager, 

Client longevity measures how long 

The average number of employees 

Record manages only the impact of 

Record has been providing currency 

through the year includes 

foreign exchange and not the underlying 

and derivative management services 

Non‑executive Directors.

assets of its clients, therefore its 

to each client with a mandate active 

Assets Under Management (“AUM”) are 

as at 31 March 2022.

Staff retention  
(%)

Staff retention is the number of 
employees who were employed by 
Record throughout the period as a 
percentage of the number of employees 
at the beginning of the period.

Employees with equity 
interest (%)

The percentage of employees who own 
shares in Record plc at year end.

notional. To distinguish this from the 

AUM of conventional asset managers, 

Record uses the concept of Assets 

Under Management Equivalents 

(“AUME”) and by convention this is 

quoted in US dollars. 

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

83.1

>10 years

20%

80.1

6‑10 years

11%

58.6

57.3

3‑6 years

1‑3 years

29%

2020

27%

62.2

0‑1 year

13%

2022

2021

2019

2018

82

83

82

85

81

Why this is important

Why this is important

Why this is important

AUME is an alternative performance 

Client longevity is both an indicator of 

Average employee numbers is an 

measure and further detail on how it is 

recent client growth, and also of the 

indicator of business growth and also 

defined is provided on page 148.

Group’s success in sustaining quality 

of how effectively the Group is using 

AUME is a key driver of future revenue 

and an indicator of business growth. 

AUME increased by 3.7% for the year, 

including net inflows of $2.4 billion 

diversified across product lines.

client relationships through investment 

technology to make processes more 

cycles. Building long‑standing and 

trusted adviser relationships with 

clients provides opportunities for 

efficient. Implementing the new strategy 

has required a change in mix of required 

skill sets of employees, so whilst the 

collaboration and partnerships on new 

average number of employees has 

and innovative investment products.

not changed significantly, a degree 

of employee turnover has brought 

additional knowledge and experience 

into the Group required to drive 

innovation and the diversification into 

new products and technology. 

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

74

2022

61

90

2021

81

84

2020

2019

93

2018

68

69

70

72

Why this is important
Planning for generational change is 
key to the Group’s strategy. A decrease 
in staff retention in the year reflects 
the focus on rebalancing the skill sets 
required by the business to drive the 
innovation and growth required to 
deliver the strategy. The Group remains 
cognisant of ensuring the retention 
and development of key talent as 
well as the factors affecting all of our 
employees’ wellbeing.

Why this is important
The alignment of employee interests 
with those of our shareholders is an 
important factor in ensuring the 
longer‑term success of our business 
and is an important tool in managing 
generational change. The decrease this 
year is linked to changes made under 
the new strategy resulting in a higher 
turnover of staff and consequently a 
short‑term decrease in employees 
holding shares. The Group’s 
remuneration structure includes 
schemes with both mandatory and 
voluntary equity participation, 
reflecting the importance the Group 
places on alignment. 

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Diversification

Diversification

Diversification

Diversification

Succession

Modernisation

Succession

Modernisation

Succession

Modernisation

Succession

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
26 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Sustainability

Sustainability encompasses many aspects of 
business operations, including both strategy 
and investment as well as business practice, 
community engagement and our workforce. 

In conducting its business 
operations, the Group has a 
responsibility to its stakeholders 
and the environment. 

Sustainability pillars:

Responsible investment

See more  
on page 28

Our people

See more  
on pages 30 to 31

Climate action

See more  
on pages 32 to 36

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

27

Sustainability

Responsibility for sustained and meaningful 
progress within the area of sustainability lies 
with our Sustainability Office. 

Governance
The Office is constructed of our 
Senior Sustainability Office (“SSO”), 
the Sustainability Committee and the 
Senior Sustainability Coordinator. 

The SSO is comprised of key 
senior business leaders who 
take responsibility for setting 
the sustainability strategy and 
proactively integrating sustainable 
practices across the business. 
The Sustainability Committee is a 
broader committee that seeks to 
gather ideas and recommendations 
from across seniority and teams 
within the business, as well as taking 
responsibility for implementing 
ESG initiatives. The Sustainability 
Committee has formalised the key 
officer roles to delegate responsibility 
in line with our three key areas of 
sustainability: responsible investment, 
our people and climate action, with 
the aim of expanding the scope of 
our efforts by utilising more time and 
resources, and engaging more of our 
workforce to have responsibility on 
these key components.

The Senior Sustainability Coordinator 
acts as conduit between the two 
committees, representing and voicing 
the views of the Sustainability 
Committee at the senior level.

Sustainability organisational chart

Record plc Board

Oversees

Reports to

Senior Sustainability Office (“SSO”)

Chief Executive Officer

Head of Macroeconomic Research

Chief Investment Officer

Head of Trading

Global Head of Sales

Senior Sustainability Coordinator 

Head of Human Resources 
and Company Secretary 

Reports to

Advises

Sustainability Committee

Chair

Senior Sustainability Coordinator 

Responsible 
investment

Our people

Climate action

ESG Investment 
Officers

Inclusion & Diversity 
Officers

Office Sustainability 
Officers

Impact Investment 
Officers

Community 
Involvement Officers

Climate Risk Officers 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
28 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Sustainability continued

Responsible 
investment

Record has identified responsible investment as 
an essential prerequisite to successful, resilient 
and prudent investment management.

Philosophy 
Record has identified responsible investment as an essential 
prerequisite to successful, resilient and prudent investment 
management. Consideration of environmental, social and 
governance (“ESG”) factors within investment strategy was a 
natural extension of its corporate philosophy, and continues 
to infuse its strategy development and perception of risk 
factors going forward. As part of our drive to incorporate ESG 
factors into active currency products, Record has worked in 
collaboration with Oxford‑based researchers to extend the 
boundaries of ESG beyond its existing base in equities and 
bonds, to encompass the currency markets. This manifested in 
the creation of one of the first ESG Emerging Market Currency 
for Return strategies in 2018, and has continued to evolve 
since into a focus on sustainable investment with impact.

Collaboration
Record is actively exploring ways to collaborate with 
external parties, including clients who might wish to apply 
the methodology to reflect their own specific preferences 
and views on various elements of sustainable finance. 
Record’s research is ongoing, responding to improvements 
in available data, as well as developing and improving on its 
own strategies and building and innovating new approaches 
to maintain its place at the forefront of research in such a 
fast‑developing space. We purposefully seek to diversify our 
product offering through working with third parties. Our aim 
is to develop and identify unique investment opportunities 
both within currency and potentially across other asset 
classes, as we did in the development of the Record 
Emerging Market Sustainable Finance Fund.

Record Emerging Market Sustainable Finance Fund 
(“EMSF”)
During 2020, Record continued to pioneer research in this 
space, developing an Emerging Market Sustainable Finance 
product that combines strategic investment in currencies, 
impact bond collateral and counterparty engagement to 
nurture and enhance development in the currency universe 
countries. This research culminated in the successful launch 
of the EMSF in June 2021, in collaboration with one of our 
partners, UBS Global Wealth Management in Switzerland.

Currency
The Record EM Sustainable Finance strategy aims to stabilise 
currencies, which in turn can facilitate development and 
harness the growth potential in developing countries, 

in accordance with the academically supported theory that 
EM currency stability is a key prerequisite for equitable and 
sustainable economic and social development.

Correctly deployed, currency is an essential tool in 
contributing to sustainable development in less‑developed 
economies and in creating a lasting positive impact. This is 
achieved via two channels: the Stabilisation Factor and the 
Capital Incentive Factor. The fund seeks also to widen the 
universe of currencies, extending to more illiquid currencies 
in order to broaden the scope of impact.

Fixed income
In 2019 Record began using its own capital to invest 
in Impact Bonds, organised through international and 
regional multilateral organisations which align with the 
UN Sustainable Development Goals (“SDGs”). Record believed 
this would not only aid development and achieve impact, but 
also presented an opportunity to gain experience in dealing, 
holding and reporting on Impact Bonds which underscored 
the fixed income component of the EMSF. 

The fixed income strategy uses cash and invests in US 
dollar‑denominated sustainable development bonds which 
are primarily issued by highly rated multilateral development 
banks (“MDBs”). The strategy can also invest in other impact 
debt instruments such as green, social and sustainability 
bonds issued by sovereigns and agencies. The fixed income 
strategy is designed for investors who desire to make a 
positive economic, social and environmental impact by 
channelling financial resources to sustainable projects 
in low and middle‑income economies.

ESG Counterparty Engagement Strategy (“ESG-CES”) 
The ESG‑CES creates a watertight strategy which aligns 
our execution with the aims of the overall strategy. Our 
counterparty banks are considered as part of the financial 
supply chain, and therefore the ESG risks associated with 
counterparties represent a supply chain risk.

We thereby evaluate our counterparty bank panel using 
primary, AI and third‑party ESG data to create an aggregated 
proprietary ESG score used to direct flows towards more 
sustainable banks. Crucially, this is paired with regular 
engagement calls and quarterly reports to encourage 
progress on key areas such as diversity, fossil fuel financing 
and misconduct, internalising the externalities of our banks 
on wider stakeholders.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

29

Sustainability continued

Our people

We believe that investing in our staff 
and developing their potential is key to 
the success of the business.

Workplace
Record’s working environment is designed to encourage 
bright, dynamic and committed individuals to thrive. We 
believe that investing in our staff and developing their 
potential is key to the success of the business and our 
policies and practices reflect this. We actively listen to our 
employees to help us understand their opinions, ideas and 
suggestions. In this year’s employee engagement survey, 
86% of employees took the time to have their say and 
respond, helping us understand the underlying themes 
which matter most.

The Group’s offices both in London and Windsor have been 
designed to allow all departments to work together in an 
open plan environment. The open plan office allows ease of 
communication between departments, as well as enabling 
staff to work closely with senior management. This year we 
have been able to welcome colleagues back into the office 
with the introduction of a hybrid working pattern, giving a 
balance between flexibility and providing an environment 
which fosters teamwork and innovation.

The office environment and culture promote staff 
development and training. In October 2021 we partnered with 
Advancing Women Executives (“AWE”) to run an accelerator 
programme for mid‑level women to provide the relevant 
training and networking opportunities which are critical 
for career advancement. All staff are invited to participate 
in Company update meetings which are led by the Chief 
Executive Officer. The Group also provides study support 
to employees who wish to pursue relevant professional 
qualifications. The Board has established a staff‑run 
welfare committee which organises team‑building and 
other social events, enhancing interaction between different 
departments within the business.

In addition, the Group continues to provide a number of 
other benefits to employees, including pension, private 
medical cover, life insurance, permanent health insurance, 
maternity and shared parental benefits, and subsidised gym 
membership. A new ultra‑low emission (“ULEV”) car benefit 
scheme was implemented to continue our commitment to 
sustainability through employee benefits. All employees 
participate in the Group Profit Share Scheme and have the 
opportunity to acquire shares in Record plc through this 
scheme, as well as through the Record plc Share Incentive 
Plan. All employees are also offered the Employee Assistance 
Programme, which provides 24/7 confidential telephone 
support from qualified counsellors as well as online 
computerised cognitive behavioural therapy, to support 
anyone struggling with mental health issues. 

The Group has an established internship programme for 
students and during the year welcomed interns from 
the London School of Economics and Political Science, 
University of Manchester, University of Warwick and the 
University of Bath.

Staff retention %

FY-22

FY-21

FY-20

74%

90%

81%

This year’s reduction in staff retention reflects the change 
in our business strategy, in particular our succession 
planning, which saw higher levels of recruitment adding 
additional skillsets and some changes at senior levels within 
the business filled through internal promotions wherever 
possible. We would expect our staff retention to increase or 
normalise back to near previous levels going forward. 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
30 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Sustainability continued

Our people continued

Human rights
Record’s policies and procedures with regard to human rights 
are in line with internationally recognised human rights 
standards, such as the guidelines issued by the UN Global 
Compact, to which Record is a signatory. We comply with 
human rights standards across each of the countries we 
operate in and we work to ensure that there are no instances 
of modern slavery, human trafficking, child labour or any 
other form of human rights abuse within our organisations.

In April 2022 we published our first Modern Slavery Act 
statement in line with the government guidelines under the 
2015 UK Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Act. Strictly 
we are not legally required to report, but we recognise our 
corporate responsibility to ensure modern slavery is not 
taking place in our organisation, and our policy outlines the 
procedures we have in place to identify and prevent modern 
slavery both in our own operations and in our supply chain. 
See our policy on: recordfg.com.

Inclusion and Diversity
The Group’s aims include ensuring that all staff are provided 
with equal opportunities and that the workplace is free of 
discrimination. It also aims to ensure that all recruitment 
processes are fair and are carried out objectively, 
systematically and in line with the requirements of 
employment law.

The Group ensures that all staff are aware that it is not 
acceptable to discriminate, harass or victimise anyone, and 
also that any such unlawful behaviour is not tolerated under 
any circumstance.

The Group believes that valuing what is unique about 
individuals and drawing on their different perspectives and 
experience will add value to the way the Group does business. 

By accessing, recruiting and developing talent from a 
diverse pool of candidates, the Group can gain an insight into 
different markets and better support client needs through 
producing innovative and sustainable investment products.

The Group aims to create a productive environment, 
representative of different cultures and groups, where 
everyone has an equal chance to succeed.

The Group has made significant progress towards its 
Inclusion and Diversity Action Plan, a summary of which can 
be viewed in this year’s Sustainability Report 2021/2022 on 
pages 22 to 25. See more: recordfg.com.

This year has seen the creation of the Inclusion and 
Diversity Network (“I&D Network”), an umbrella group that 
consolidates Record’s previous networks established in 2020 
(Ethnic Diversity Network and Gender Equality Network). As 
a smaller organisation, the decision to consolidate the Ethnic 
Diversity and Gender Equality networks into one, all‑inclusive 
I&D Network was taken to allow us to better reach, represent 
and benefit the diaspora of underrepresented groups across 
the spectrum. At the same time, the network allows us to 
account for and understand the intricate intersectionalities 
of identities as well as the individuality of experiences of 
our colleagues both within the workplace and society. The 
network seeks to engage with industry and community‑wide 
initiatives, conducting key support for charities and initiatives 
such as Destiny Transformers and The Great Project. 

The network has purposely rebranded with the emphasis 
of putting Inclusion (versus Diversity) first in the name, as 
the former focuses on whether an individual feels valued, 
respected, accepted and encouraged to actively participate 
in a workplace setting. We recognise diversity as a key part 
of an inclusive culture, and aim to foster a workplace which 
is welcoming and supportive to all employees from all 
walks of life. 

Read more in our sustainability report
recordfg.com

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

31

Sustainability continued

The gender diversity within the Group is shown below:

Gender balance 

As at 31 March 2022 

Board Directors

Senior management

Other staff 

All employees

Female

number

2

6

25

33

%

33%

24%

45%

38%

Male

number

4

19

31

54

%

67%

76%

55%

62%

See our separate Sustainability Report, on page 27 for our Gender Pay Gap and further diversity data and more information on 
our diversity initiatives.

Community
Record recognises its obligations and responsibility to 
contribute to the wider community outside of the firm. 
Over the course of the year, the Group made charitable 
donations totalling £18.2k. Our charitable giving is focused 
on employee choice, with the Group matching employee 
donations and sponsorship. The Group continues to 
encourage employees to participate in fundraising activities 
for charitable causes and this year employees participated in 
a variety of events, including charity lunches and fundraising 
competitions. Examples of supported charities and causes 
included The Link Foundation, Jeans for Genes, SEBS Action 
Trust, Orphans in Need, Mind, Thames Hospice and Destiny 
Transformers. A scheme allowing UK employees to give to 
charity through the payroll is also offered.

Charitable donations (£’000)

FY-22

FY-21

FY-20

18.2

19.2

15.2

We also provide financial assistance to students studying 
at Balliol College, Oxford through a bursary scheme, which 
provides grants to students who aim to pursue ambitions 
which will benefit the wider community, for example in 
medical or charitable fields.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
32 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Sustainability continued

Climate action 

This year, Record made significant progress to 
reduce our Scope 2 emissions by becoming 100% 
renewable across our UK operations.

Net Zero 
Last year the Group made the commitment to become net 
zero by 2050. In this year’s Climate‑Related Disclosure Report 
2021/2022 we have set interim emission‑reduction targets 
for the year 2030 to ensure immediate climate action is taking 
place and we outline our net‑zero principles. 

TCFD 
The Group publicly supports the Task Force on Climate‑related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”). The following table provides 
a summary of our response to the TCFD recommendations. 
We provide supplemental detail in our Climate‑Related 
Disclosures Report 2021/2022 in order to provide a more 
comprehensive assessment of how the Group incorporates 
climate‑related risks and opportunities into our governance, 
strategy, risk management, and metrics and targets. 

Read more in our climate report
recordfg.com

Governance

TCFD  
Recommendations 

Describe Board‑level oversight 
of climate‑related risks and 
opportunities.

Describe management’s role 
in assessing and managing 
climate‑related risks and 
opportunities.

Compliant 

1.  All page numbers relate to our climate report, available at: recordfg.com

TCFD 
Compliance

Current status 

Reference 
page1

Compliant

•  The Board has complete oversight of 

Pages 6 and 7

climate‑related risks and opportunities 
posed to our business operations, including 
progress towards our strategic goals 
and disclosures made in climate and 
sustainability‑related reports. 

•  The Board delegates overall responsibility 
for managing operational climate‑related 
risks and opportunities to the SSO and our 
Head of Business Risk, with support from 
the Sustainability Coordinator and the 
Sustainability Committee. 

Page 6 

•  Overall responsibility for managing 

Page 7

investment climate‑related risks and 
opportunities sits with our Investment 
Committee and the Investment 
Management Group. 

 
 
 
 
Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

33

Sustainability continued

Strategy

TCFD  
Recommendations 

Describe the climate‑related risks and 
opportunities the organisation has 
identified over the short, medium and 
long term.

Describe the impact of these climate‑
related risks and opportunities on the 
organisation’s business, strategy and 
financial planning.

Describe the resilience of the 
organisation’s strategy, taking into 
account different climate‑related 
scenarios, including a 2ºC or lower 
scenario.

Partially 
compliant 

Additional recommendations included 
in supplemental guidance for asset 
managers.

Partially 
compliant

1.  All page numbers relate to our climate report, available at: recordfg.com

TCFD 
Compliance

Current status 

Compliant

•  We identified a number of transitional 

climate‑related risks and opportunities that 
we believe are material to our business. 
•  Our assessment concluded that physical 

climate risks do not pose a material threat 
at this present time.

•  Each risk and opportunity has been 

considered in terms of the likelihood of 
occurrence, the financial impact it could 
have on the business, and the time horizon 
over which it could occur.

Reference 
page1

Pages 16 
to 18 (Risk 
management 
section)

Compliant 

•  Each of the climate‑related risks and 

Pages 9 to 14

opportunities identified in our assessment 
have been integrated into our climate 
change strategy to ensure we are mitigating 
risks and acting on opportunities.

•  Our current climate‑related risk and 

Page 16

opportunity assessments are based off 
a lower than 2°C warming scenario.

•  Outcomes of this scenario were considered 

while developing our current climate 
change strategy.

Work in progress: We will assess 
climate‑related risks and opportunities in line 
with a higher than 2°C warming scenario to 
evaluate the resilience of our current strategy. 

•  Record integrates ESG and impact 

considerations as much as possible across 
our investment processes, and climate 
change falls within this. 

•  In particular, our Emerging Market 

Sustainable Finance (“EMSF”) strategy 
is categorised as Article 8 under the 
Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation 
and is therefore defined as promoting 
environmental and social characteristics.

Work in progress: We will assess how our 
hedging strategies might be affected by the 
transition to a low‑carbon economy.

Page 12 and 
Pages 19 
and 20 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
34 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Sustainability continued

Climate action continued

TCFD continued

Risk Management

TCFD  
Recommendations 

Describe the organisation’s processes 
for identifying and assessing 
climate‑related risks.

TCFD 
Compliance

Compliant 

Reference 
page1

Page 19

Current status 

•  Climate risks are primarily identified and 
assessed by our Head of Business Risk 
and the Sustainability Office working on 
an ongoing basis to evaluate any identified 
climate‑related risks. 

•  The risk framework defines risks 
qualitatively, with an assessment 
of materiality and comparison with 
appetite undertaken on a judgement and 
collaborative basis.

Describe the organisation’s processes 
for managing climate‑related risks 
strategy and financial planning.

Compliant 

•  Once identified and evaluated, strategies 

Page 19

for material risks are developed in 
collaboration between the Sustainability 
Office and the Head of Business Risk.

Compliant

•  Climate risks are evaluated within the 

Page 19

Group‑wide risk management framework. 
The risk framework includes the 
consideration of climate risk factors within 
traditional risk categories such as strategic, 
financial and operational risk.

•  Where discretionary decisions are made 
by our Investment Management Group, 
ESG data informs of additional risks.
•  Our EMSF strategy is one product in 

particular which integrates climate risk into 
the investment process across both fixed 
income and currency markets.

Work in progress: We aim to investigate how 
we can manage material climate‑related risks 
for our hedging strategies.

Page 19 

Pages 19 
and 20

Describe how processes for 
identifying, assessing and managing 
climate‑related risks are integrated 
into the organisation’s overall risk 
management.

Additional recommendations included 
in supplemental guidance for asset 
managers.

Partially 
compliant

1.  All page numbers relate to our climate report, available at: recordfg.com

 
Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

35

Sustainability continued

Metrics and Targets

TCFD  
Recommendations 

Disclose the metrics used by the 
organisation to assess climate‑related 
risks and opportunities in line with its 
strategy and risk management process.

TCFD 
Compliance

Partially 
compliant

Reference 
page1

Page 21

Current status 

•  Record uses its operational carbon footprint 
(Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions) 
to measure our climate‑related risks and 
opportunities. 

Work in progress: We will work to quantify the 
extent to which our assets/business activities 
are vulnerable to transitional and physical 
risks, as well as how our assets/revenue align 
with climate‑related opportunities.

Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if 
appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas 
(“GHG”) emissions, and the related risks.

Compliant

•  Our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions can be found 

Page 21

in our carbon footprint data graphs.

Describe the targets used by the 
organisation to manage climate‑
related risks and opportunities and 
performance against targets.

Compliant

Additional recommendations included 
in supplemental guidance for asset 
managers.

Partially 
compliant

•  We have set ourselves a number of climate‑
related targets to meet by 31 March 2023. 

Page 23 

•  We have set ourselves a target to be net 

Page 22

zero by 2050 and this year have published 
interim emissions reductions targets for the 
year 2030.

Page 22

•  We have assessed the category 15 Scope 
3 greenhouse gas emissions of the bond 
underlay section of our Emerging Market 
Sustainable Finance strategy. 

Work in progress: We will continue working 
in partnership with external independent 
investment impact assessors and verifiers to 
assess the extent to which we can implement 
rules‑based processes to measure the carbon 
emissions related to our hedging strategies.

1.  All page numbers relate to our climate report, available at: recordfg.com

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
36 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Sustainability continued

Climate action continued

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) 
and greenhouse gas emissions
The Group seeks to minimise its carbon footprint through 
recognising the environmental impact of its activities, reducing 
that impact through responsible procurement of goods and 
services, and offsetting its remaining carbon emissions. The 
Group first assessed its carbon footprint in July 2006, and has 
offset its carbon emissions since then through investment in 
sustainable development and renewable energy projects.

In the next fiscal year we expect to reduce our location‑based 
Scope 2 emissions following the reduction of our office space 
in Windsor, which we will do by taking measures to maximise 
efficient use of the office space. We expect our Scope 3 
emissions to remain below pre‑pandemic levels, and over time 
we will see this downward trend continue as we encourage our 
employees to engage in more sustainable behaviours at work 
and at home. 

Methodology
The method used to calculate GHG emissions is the GHG 
Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard 
(revised edition), together with the latest emission factors 
from recognised public sources including, but not limited 
to, BEIS, the US Energy Information Administration, the US 
Environmental Protection Agency and the Intergovernmental 
Panel on Climate Change.

Energy efficiency actions taken
2022 saw a significant fall in our Scope 2 carbon emissions, 
down 67% in energy consumption and 70% and 100% in 
location‑based and market‑based emissions, respectively. 
Location‑based emission reductions were as a result of 
reduced office use due to home working. Market‑based 
emissions dropped to zero over the year as we moved 
to purchasing 100% renewable electricity across our UK 
operations. Our Scope 3 emissions reduced slightly this year, 
remaining low compared to pre‑pandemic years. Maintenance 
of the low emissions reflects continued hybrid working 
practices and reduced business travel post‑pandemic. 

Energy consumption (kWh 000)1,3

FY-22

27

91

FY-21

82

90

Scope 2

Scope 3

Location-based methodology  (tonnes of CO2e)1,3

FY-22

6

86

FY-21

19

80

Scope 2

Scope 3

Market-based methodology (tonnes of CO2e)1,3

FY-22

86

FY-21

28

80

Scope 2

Scope 3

Energy and GHG emissions annual % change2,3

Reporting category 

Scope 1 

Scope 2 

Scope 3 

Total 

Energy
consumption
UK & offshore

Location-based
methodology
UK & offshore

Market-based
methodology
UK & offshore

—

‑67%

 1%

-31%

—

—

‑ 70%

‑100%

‑8 %

-7%

‑8%

-21%

Scope 1, 2 & 3 CO2e 
intensity ratio:
tonnes CO2e/FTE
1.  Scope 1 emissions were zero for the reported years.
2.  Scope 1 covers combustion of gas and combustion of fuel for transport purposes. Scope 2 covers purchased electricity. Scope 3 covers business travel in rental cars and 

5%

‑10%

employee‑owned vehicles; premises waste, water, and transmission and distribution losses; business travel; outbound deliveries; commuting; other upstream emissions; 
and homeworking. The total CO2e intensity ratio is calculated as the total CO2e tonnes divided by total firm FTE.

3.  Please note that rounding errors may exist.
UK emissions data relates to the year ended on 31 March 2022.
Please note annual % change was calculated using only comparable activities from the previous reporting year. Scope 3 Other Upstream Emissions was included for the first 
time in this reporting period and was not previously included as this is a new reporting category required under the Carbon Neutral Protocol.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

37

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 – Our stakeholders

Our stakeholders, with whom we maintain 
an ongoing dialogue, are detailed below.

We believe that all stakeholders are beneficiaries of 
environmentally friendly business practice and socially 
responsible investment. Record is therefore committed to 
being a company with a culture which places sustainability, 
corporate responsibility and community engagement firmly 
at the centre of priorities.

Section 172 Companies Act 2006
We set out on pages 38 and 39 our key stakeholder groups, 
their material issues and how we engage with them. Each 
stakeholder group requires a tailored engagement approach 
to foster effective and mutually beneficial relationships.

By understanding our stakeholders, we can factor into 
Boardroom discussions the potential impact of our decisions 
on each stakeholder group and consider their needs and 
concerns, in accordance with Section 172 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

This in turn ensures we deliver solutions our clients want 
and need, continue to work effectively with our colleagues 
and suppliers, comply with regulatory requirements, make 
a positive contribution to local communities and achieve 
long‑term sustainable returns for our investors.

Acting in a fair and responsible manner is a core element of 
our business practice, more information on which can be 
found in our separate Sustainability Report. 

During the year, the Board made decisions to deliver against 
our strategy, whilst considering the different interests of 
our stakeholder groups and the impact of key decisions upon 
them. The following provides an overview of some of the key 
decisions taken and how integral our stakeholders are in the 
Board’s decision‑making process:

Interests of clients – decision 

•  The launch of the Record EM Sustainable Finance Fund 
in collaboration with UBS Global Wealth Management in 
June 2021.

Interests of employees – decisions 

•  The opening of a London office.
•  An employee engagement survey in January 2022.

Interests of shareholders – decision 

•  Communication with shareholders on the changes to the 
Group remuneration policy proposed at the 2022 AGM.

The duties of the Directors – section 172

Under section 172 of the 
Companies Act 2006 a director of 
a company must act in the way he 
considers, in good faith, would be 
most likely to promote the success 
of the company for the benefit of 
its members as a whole, and in 
doing so have regard (amongst 
other matters) to:

•  The likely consequences of any decision in 

the long term 

•  The interests of the company’s employees
•  The need to foster the company’s business 

relationships with suppliers, customers and 
others 

•  The impact of the company’s operations 
on the community and the environment 

•  The desirability of the company maintaining 
a reputation for high standards of business 
conduct 

•  The need to act fairly towards all members 

of the Company 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
38 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 – Our stakeholders continued

Clients
We are a client‑led business. Our ethos 
is to “Listen” to clients, “Understand” 
their investment objectives, and “Deliver” 
sustainable solutions.

Shareholders
We rely on the support and engagement of our 
shareholders to deliver our strategic objectives 
and grow the business. 

People
Our people are central to the ongoing success 
of the business and we aim to attract, retain, 
develop and motivate the right people for 
current and future business success.

How we engage
Our operational infrastructure is built around 
the specific requirements of our clients, 
including systems and controls to reduce 
risk and manage each stage of the process as 
efficiently as possible.

We build strong and trusted relationships with 
clients and collaborate on new developments 
and opportunities as they evolve.

Regular review meetings with clients ensure 
client requirements are consistently monitored.

Clients receive frequent and regular reports on 
market and investment performance.

How we engage
The Group CEO and CFO presented the 
full‑year and half‑year results to investors, 
both institutional and retail.

The primary means of communicating with 
shareholders are through the Annual General 
Meeting, the Annual Report and Accounts, 
half‑year results and related presentations. 
All of these are available on the Company’s 
website www.recordfg.com. The website also 
contains information on the business of the 
Group, corporate governance, all regulatory 
announcements, key dates in the financial 
calendar and other important shareholder 
information.

How we engage
We engage with our employees through 
a variety of channels including a Company 
intranet, management briefings, employee 
engagement surveys and workforce 
engagement sessions, e‑mail updates and 
Company‑wide presentations by the Group 
Chief Executive Officer.

We seek to encourage employees in developing 
and advancing their careers, offering assistance 
in such forms as study support and the 
possibility of secondments to overseas offices.

The Group’s remuneration framework includes 
schemes aimed at aligning employees’ 
interests with those of shareholders by offering 
the opportunity to share in business growth 
through share ownership.

Their material issues
Our clients’ material interests are in the 
performance of Record’s products, a robust 
risk framework, transparency, value for 
money, maintaining the high levels of service 
they receive and the provision of innovative 
products which meet their investment 
objectives.

2022 highlights and future changes
In line with our clients’ increased appetite 
for sustainable investment products, we 
launched our EM Sustainable Finance strategy 
in June 2021, which aims to invest currency 
with impact. Categorised as Article 8 under 
the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation, 
it is defined as promoting environmental 
and social characteristics.

The Record Sustainability Office has provided 
the governance structures to incorporate 
sustainability across all aspects of our 
business, including investment strategy, 
corporate responsibility and risk management 
for the benefit of clients and all of our 
stakeholders.

Their material issues
Our shareholders want Record to ensure it is a 
long‑term sustainable business which delivers 
attractive returns through share price growth 
and regular dividends.

Their material issues
Our people’s material interests relate to 
the work balance and physical and cultural 
environment provided by Record. They want 
to be fairly rewarded for their contribution 
and have opportunities for learning, growth 
and further development as well as sharing in 
business success.

2022 highlights and future changes
The Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
contacted institutional shareholders to discuss 
the planned changes to the remuneration policy 
to be voted on at the AGM in July 2022.

2022 highlights and future changes
An employee engagement survey was run 
in January 2022 to obtain feedback from 
employees across a number of different topics, 
with a high response rate of 86%.

The Company registered with Investor 
Meets Company (“IMC”) during the year. IMC 
facilitates access to the management of listed 
companies for retail investors who would not 
normally have the opportunity to hear from the 
management team. The CEO and CFO presented 
both the final FY‑21 and interim FY‑22 results 
over the IMC portal to retail investors during 
the year.

Subsequent workforce engagement sessions 
discussed the main topics highlighted in the 
survey in further detail. Tim Edwards is the 
designated Non‑executive Director responsible 
for workforce engagement and reports to the 
Board on employee viewpoints. The sessions 
were run by Tim in small groups and the 
topics included technology, communication, 
remuneration and career opportunities.

Our Ethnic Diversity Network and Gender 
Equality Network have been consolidated into 
our Inclusion and Diversity Network to allow 
us to better reach, represent and benefit the 
diaspora of underrepresented groups within 
our organisation. The network has purposely 
rebranded with the emphasis of putting 
Inclusion first in the name (versus Diversity) 
to align with our belief that diversity is a 
by‑product of an inclusive culture. 

The pandemic highlighted the benefits of 
flexible working arrangements for both staff 
and the business. As we welcomed employees 
back to the office this year, we have done so on 
a hybrid working pattern in order to achieve an 
appropriate work‑life balance for the longer‑term 
benefit of both our employees and the business.

Environment 

and community

External suppliers

Regulators

We recognise the responsibility we have 

We rely on the use of external suppliers and 

As a global business, we seek to have 

to the environment, local community and 

service providers to supplement the Group’s 

transparent and open relationships with our 

wider society.

own infrastructure, benefiting from the 

expertise these suppliers provide.

regulators around the world. Regulators 

provide oversight to ensure the business 

is operated within regulatory parameters, 

thereby giving valuable assurance to clients 

and other stakeholders.

How we engage

How we engage

How we engage

We are proud to support the communities in 

We work to ensure that our key suppliers are 

We have an experienced Head of Compliance to 

which we operate and we have a long history 

engaged with our business and that a mutual 

manage the compliance function and oversee 

of contributing through monetary donations, 

understanding and close working relationship 

regulatory matters.

gift giving and employee time. Further details 

is maintained between us.

can be found in our Sustainability Report 

2021/2022.

All material supplier contracts are subject to 

of various industry bodies with regulators and 

due diligence checks and reviews and include 

policymakers as appropriate to ensure that 

We engage directly and through membership 

We champion responsible investment and 

strict service level agreements for all supplies 

our business understands and contributes to 

corporate social responsibility and lead 

of business‑critical services.

evolving regulatory requirements.

Record has a supplier payment policy which 

The Audit Committee receives regular 

ensures that all invoices are approved and duly 

reports from the Head of Compliance which 

paid within agreed terms.

cover the Group’s regulatory processes and 

procedures and its relationship with regulators. 

The reports also outline the material changes 

in the regulatory environment in which the 

Group operates.

We receive advice and updates on regulatory 

matters from both our internal and external 

auditors and also our legal advisers.

the way in the development of strategies 

integrating ESG and impact in currency 

investing. We work with like‑minded partners 

to increase and meet the demand for 

sustainable investment solutions.

Record has been a signatory to the Principles 

for Responsible Investment since June 2018.

We make a positive impact in our community 

by addressing societal issues and driving social 

progress through our charitable efforts and 

volunteering.

Record’s Sustainability Office and Sustainability 

Committee ensure a strong focus on 

sustainability and ESG factors across all 

aspects of our business, including investment 

strategy, corporate responsibility and risk 

management for the benefit of clients and all 

of our stakeholders.

Their material issues

Their material issues

Their material issues

We aim to manage the business in a 

Key suppliers wish to develop mutually 

Regulators aim to ensure that our business is 

manner which minimises our impact on the 

beneficial working relationships with growing 

run responsibly in the best interests and safety 

environment and helps to benefit society.

and successful businesses over the long term.

of our clients and other stakeholders. They 

seek to protect the integrity of the financial 

systems they supervise and promote fair 

competition for the benefit of clients.

2022 highlights and future changes

2022 highlights and future changes

2022 highlights and future changes

Employees helped to raise £18.2k for local 

Reviewed payment practices to ensure that 

The Group has established a German subsidiary 

and national charities during the year.

suppliers and service providers continue to be 

and have been informed by BaFin that our 

We published our inaugural Climate Report 

paid on a timely basis.

application has been approved.

which includes interim science‑based 

During the year we published our first Modern 

Changes to the regulatory framework for 

emissions reductions targets for 2030, our 

Slavery Act statement in line with guidelines 

investment firms (“IFPR”) were implemented 

climate strategy and our integration of climate 

under the 2015 Modern Slavery and Human 

during the year, including changes to the 

risk within our business and investment 

Trafficking Act. Whilst not strictly a legal 

calculation of the level of regulatory capital 

processes.

requirement, we recognise our responsibility 

required to be held by the Group.

We have been certified carbon neutral since 

2007 and this year have made meaningful 

supply chain.

to identify and prevent modern slavery in our 

progress in our journey towards net zero by 

We aim to introduce a Supplier Code of Conduct 

reducing our Scope 2 emissions by becoming 

to align our suppliers and service providers 

100% renewable across our UK operations.

with our own standards on human rights, 

Further details on our focus and actions on 

both sustainability and climate can be found in 

and ethical practice.

diversity and inclusion, environmental policy 

our separate Sustainability and Climate reports 

Further details on our focus and actions on 

on our website: www.recordfg.com

human rights and modern slavery can be found 

in our separate Sustainability and Climate 

reports on our website: www.recordfg.com

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

39

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 – Our stakeholders continued

Clients

Shareholders

People

We are a client‑led business. Our ethos 

We rely on the support and engagement of our 

Our people are central to the ongoing success 

is to “Listen” to clients, “Understand” 

shareholders to deliver our strategic objectives 

of the business and we aim to attract, retain, 

their investment objectives, and “Deliver” 

and grow the business. 

sustainable solutions.

develop and motivate the right people for 

current and future business success.

Environment 
and community
We recognise the responsibility we have 
to the environment, local community and 
wider society.

External suppliers
We rely on the use of external suppliers and 
service providers to supplement the Group’s 
own infrastructure, benefiting from the 
expertise these suppliers provide.

How we engage
We work to ensure that our key suppliers are 
engaged with our business and that a mutual 
understanding and close working relationship 
is maintained between us.

All material supplier contracts are subject to 
due diligence checks and reviews and include 
strict service level agreements for all supplies 
of business‑critical services.

Record has a supplier payment policy which 
ensures that all invoices are approved and duly 
paid within agreed terms.

How we engage
We are proud to support the communities in 
which we operate and we have a long history 
of contributing through monetary donations, 
gift giving and employee time. Further details 
can be found in our Sustainability Report 
2021/2022.

We champion responsible investment and 
corporate social responsibility and lead 
the way in the development of strategies 
integrating ESG and impact in currency 
investing. We work with like‑minded partners 
to increase and meet the demand for 
sustainable investment solutions.

Record has been a signatory to the Principles 
for Responsible Investment since June 2018.

We make a positive impact in our community 
by addressing societal issues and driving social 
progress through our charitable efforts and 
volunteering.

Record’s Sustainability Office and Sustainability 
Committee ensure a strong focus on 
sustainability and ESG factors across all 
aspects of our business, including investment 
strategy, corporate responsibility and risk 
management for the benefit of clients and all 
of our stakeholders.

Regulators
As a global business, we seek to have 
transparent and open relationships with our 
regulators around the world. Regulators 
provide oversight to ensure the business 
is operated within regulatory parameters, 
thereby giving valuable assurance to clients 
and other stakeholders.

How we engage
We have an experienced Head of Compliance to 
manage the compliance function and oversee 
regulatory matters.

We engage directly and through membership 
of various industry bodies with regulators and 
policymakers as appropriate to ensure that 
our business understands and contributes to 
evolving regulatory requirements.

The Audit Committee receives regular 
reports from the Head of Compliance which 
cover the Group’s regulatory processes and 
procedures and its relationship with regulators. 
The reports also outline the material changes 
in the regulatory environment in which the 
Group operates.

We receive advice and updates on regulatory 
matters from both our internal and external 
auditors and also our legal advisers.

Their material issues
We aim to manage the business in a 
manner which minimises our impact on the 
environment and helps to benefit society.

Their material issues
Key suppliers wish to develop mutually 
beneficial working relationships with growing 
and successful businesses over the long term.

Their material issues
Regulators aim to ensure that our business is 
run responsibly in the best interests and safety 
of our clients and other stakeholders. They 
seek to protect the integrity of the financial 
systems they supervise and promote fair 
competition for the benefit of clients.

2022 highlights and future changes
Employees helped to raise £18.2k for local 
and national charities during the year.

We published our inaugural Climate Report 
which includes interim science‑based 
emissions reductions targets for 2030, our 
climate strategy and our integration of climate 
risk within our business and investment 
processes.

We have been certified carbon neutral since 
2007 and this year have made meaningful 
progress in our journey towards net zero by 
reducing our Scope 2 emissions by becoming 
100% renewable across our UK operations.

Further details on our focus and actions on 
both sustainability and climate can be found in 
our separate Sustainability and Climate reports 
on our website: www.recordfg.com

2022 highlights and future changes
Reviewed payment practices to ensure that 
suppliers and service providers continue to be 
paid on a timely basis.

2022 highlights and future changes
The Group has established a German subsidiary 
and have been informed by BaFin that our 
application has been approved.

Changes to the regulatory framework for 
investment firms (“IFPR”) were implemented 
during the year, including changes to the 
calculation of the level of regulatory capital 
required to be held by the Group.

During the year we published our first Modern 
Slavery Act statement in line with guidelines 
under the 2015 Modern Slavery and Human 
Trafficking Act. Whilst not strictly a legal 
requirement, we recognise our responsibility 
to identify and prevent modern slavery in our 
supply chain.

We aim to introduce a Supplier Code of Conduct 
to align our suppliers and service providers 
with our own standards on human rights, 
diversity and inclusion, environmental policy 
and ethical practice.

Further details on our focus and actions on 
human rights and modern slavery can be found 
in our separate Sustainability and Climate 
reports on our website: www.recordfg.com

How we engage

How we engage

How we engage

Our operational infrastructure is built around 

The Group CEO and CFO presented the 

We engage with our employees through 

the specific requirements of our clients, 

full‑year and half‑year results to investors, 

a variety of channels including a Company 

including systems and controls to reduce 

both institutional and retail.

risk and manage each stage of the process as 

efficiently as possible.

The primary means of communicating with 

shareholders are through the Annual General 

We build strong and trusted relationships with 

Meeting, the Annual Report and Accounts, 

clients and collaborate on new developments 

half‑year results and related presentations. 

intranet, management briefings, employee 

engagement surveys and workforce 

engagement sessions, e‑mail updates and 

Company‑wide presentations by the Group 

Chief Executive Officer.

and opportunities as they evolve.

All of these are available on the Company’s 

We seek to encourage employees in developing 

Regular review meetings with clients ensure 

client requirements are consistently monitored.

Clients receive frequent and regular reports on 

market and investment performance.

website www.recordfg.com. The website also 

and advancing their careers, offering assistance 

contains information on the business of the 

in such forms as study support and the 

Group, corporate governance, all regulatory 

possibility of secondments to overseas offices.

announcements, key dates in the financial 

calendar and other important shareholder 

information.

The Group’s remuneration framework includes 

schemes aimed at aligning employees’ 

interests with those of shareholders by offering 

the opportunity to share in business growth 

through share ownership.

Their material issues

Their material issues

Their material issues

Our clients’ material interests are in the 

Our shareholders want Record to ensure it is a 

Our people’s material interests relate to 

performance of Record’s products, a robust 

long‑term sustainable business which delivers 

the work balance and physical and cultural 

risk framework, transparency, value for 

attractive returns through share price growth 

environment provided by Record. They want 

money, maintaining the high levels of service 

and regular dividends.

they receive and the provision of innovative 

products which meet their investment 

objectives.

to be fairly rewarded for their contribution 

and have opportunities for learning, growth 

and further development as well as sharing in 

business success.

2022 highlights and future changes

2022 highlights and future changes

2022 highlights and future changes

In line with our clients’ increased appetite 

The Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

An employee engagement survey was run 

for sustainable investment products, we 

contacted institutional shareholders to discuss 

in January 2022 to obtain feedback from 

launched our EM Sustainable Finance strategy 

the planned changes to the remuneration policy 

employees across a number of different topics, 

in June 2021, which aims to invest currency 

to be voted on at the AGM in July 2022.

with a high response rate of 86%.

with impact. Categorised as Article 8 under 

the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation, 

it is defined as promoting environmental 

and social characteristics.

The Company registered with Investor 

Subsequent workforce engagement sessions 

Meets Company (“IMC”) during the year. IMC 

discussed the main topics highlighted in the 

facilitates access to the management of listed 

survey in further detail. Tim Edwards is the 

companies for retail investors who would not 

designated Non‑executive Director responsible 

The Record Sustainability Office has provided 

normally have the opportunity to hear from the 

for workforce engagement and reports to the 

the governance structures to incorporate 

management team. The CEO and CFO presented 

Board on employee viewpoints. The sessions 

sustainability across all aspects of our 

both the final FY‑21 and interim FY‑22 results 

were run by Tim in small groups and the 

business, including investment strategy, 

over the IMC portal to retail investors during 

topics included technology, communication, 

corporate responsibility and risk management 

the year.

for the benefit of clients and all of our 

stakeholders.

remuneration and career opportunities.

Our Ethnic Diversity Network and Gender 

Equality Network have been consolidated into 

our Inclusion and Diversity Network to allow 

us to better reach, represent and benefit the 

diaspora of underrepresented groups within 

our organisation. The network has purposely 

rebranded with the emphasis of putting 

Inclusion first in the name (versus Diversity) 

to align with our belief that diversity is a 

by‑product of an inclusive culture. 

The pandemic highlighted the benefits of 

flexible working arrangements for both staff 

and the business. As we welcomed employees 

back to the office this year, we have done so on 

a hybrid working pattern in order to achieve an 

appropriate work‑life balance for the longer‑term 

benefit of both our employees and the business.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
40 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Operating review

Growth in AUME has continued during 
the year, increasing by $3.0 billion to 
$83.1 billion including net inflows of 
$2.4 billion.

Product investment performance
Hedging
Our hedging products are predominantly systematic in nature. The effectiveness of each client mandate is assessed regularly 
and adjustments are made when necessary in order to respond to changing market conditions or to bring the risk profile of the 
hedging mandate in line with the client’s risk tolerance.

Passive Hedging
Record’s enhanced Passive Hedging service aims to reduce the cost of hedging by introducing flexibility into the 
implementation of currency hedges without changing the hedge ratio. While the strategy is partly systematic, the episodic 
nature of many opportunities exploited by the strategy means it requires a higher level of discretionary oversight than 
has historically been associated with Passive Hedging. Global markets have seen steepening interest rate curves from the 
end of 2021, which stems from central banks being forced to engage in more hawkish monetary policy as they try to keep 
inflationary pressures under control. This has had the effect of introducing a high degree of volatility into short‑term interest 
rate markets, from which FX forward pricing is determined. The heightened volatility has increased the opportunity set for 
our clients’ portfolios, and as such we positioned client portfolios appropriately to add value from this volatility, achieving 
positive performance. 

The table below shows the total value added relative to a fixed‑tenor benchmark for an enhanced Passive Hedging programme 
for a representative account. The base currency used is Swiss francs.

Value added by enhanced Passive Hedging programme relative to a fixed‑tenor benchmark

Return for 
year to 
31 March 2022

Return
since 
inception1

0.13% 0.09% p.a.

Dynamic Hedging
The performance of our Dynamic Hedging product depends on how the foreign currencies change in value relative to the base 
currency of our client. During the year, US investors saw losses from currency on international assets when valuing positions 
in US dollars, as the US dollar appreciated against the majority of G10 currencies. Record’s Dynamic Hedging product adjusted 
hedge ratios in line with US dollar fluctuations, reducing hedging losses when the US dollar was weaker and helping to protect 
against currency losses when the US dollar was episodically stronger – as a result, Dynamic Hedging performance was 
positive, partially offsetting currency losses on the underlying foreign currency exposure. 

The performance of the Dynamic Hedging programmes hedging US dollar exposures into other currencies was opposing and 
reflective of the mandates’ specific objectives, benchmarks and inception dates in the reported period.

Value added by Dynamic Hedging programme for a representative account

Return for 
year to 
31 March 2022

Return
since 
inception2

0.60% 0.46% p.a.

1.  Since inception in October 2014.
2.  Since inception in April 2009.

 
 
Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

41

Operating review

Currency for Return 
Sustainable investing
Record EM Sustainable Finance (“EMSF”) Fund 
The Record EMSF Fund USD class A returned ‑0.94% from inception (28 June 2021) to 31 March 2022, outperforming the 
relevant emerging market local debt benchmark by 11.13% (see table below).

The currency portfolio was a net positive contributor to fund returns, although performance was mixed as the escalation of 
the Russia‑Ukraine conflict in calendar Q1‑22 drained market sentiment, reflecting the degree of regional interdependence 
and highlighting the fragility of cross‑border banking and trade flows. Pockets of tumult emerged as investors weighed the 
aftermath and set out to gauge the extent of spillovers across the global supply chain.

The positive performance of the currency overlay was led by the notable performance of the diversified hard currency funding 
basket (particularly JPY and GBP shorts) and long exposures in Latin American emerging market currencies, given their 
geographical insulation from the conflict, net positive exposure to commodity prices, and the relatively aggressive tightening 
cycles embarked on by regional central banks. Discretionary management proved prudent, as timely intervention in the period 
across a number of currency positions delivered a net contribution to returns, such as in the fallout of the CBRT’s monetary 
unorthodoxy, and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine where rouble positions had already been closed. Within the frontier universe, 
the Ukrainian hryvnia, Egyptian pound, Ghanaian cedi and Kazakhstan tenge detracted materially from returns.

Rising US treasury yields, amid stubbornly high inflation prints and a hawkish Fed backdrop, posed broad‑based headwinds 
for external emerging market debt investors in the period; the USD bond portfolio underlay resultantly detracted from fund 
performance as market conditions remained challenging for investors. The fund did, however, benefit from a lower duration 
positioning versus the benchmark, cushioning downside sensitivity as yields rallied. 

The table below shows the performance of the EMSF Fund USD class A and the relevant benchmark, being the JP Morgan 
GBI‑EM Global Diversified. The performance is since inception of the EMSF Fund on 28 June 2021 to 31 March 2022.

EMSF Fund USD Share Class

JP Morgan GBI‑EM Global Diversified

Return since 
inception

(0.94%)

(12.07%)

Currency Multi-Strategy
Record’s Currency Multi‑Strategy product combines a number of diversified return streams, which include:

•  Forward Rate Bias (“FRB”, also known as Carry) and Emerging Market strategies which are founded on market risk premia 

and as such perform more strongly in “risk on” environments; and

•  Momentum, Value and Range Trading strategies which are more behavioural in nature, and as a result are less 

risk‑sensitive.

Record’s Multi‑Strategy mandates delivered positive overall performance over the year which was driven by the 
outperformance in FRB and EM strategies given their positive correlation to sentiment whilst heterogeneity in DM central 
bank rate normalisation also provided conducive DM carry opportunities. Positive vaccine news supported the global growth 
outlook and the mitigation of negative tail risk scenarios around a prolonged recession, which enticed inflows into EM and 
risk‑on DM currencies. Intervention by portfolio managers in the factor investing process on the back of major idiosyncratic 
events including the Russia‑Ukraine conflict offered significant protection to strategy performance. The long‑only EM module 
within the Currency Multi‑Strategy was replaced with a long‑short EM strategy at the end of February, reflecting the latest 
in‑house thinking on Currency for Return investing in EM FX.

Returns 

Record Multi‑Strategy composite1 

Return for 
12 months to 
31 March 2022
% 

Return since
inception
% p.a.

Volatility since
inception
% p.a.

0.58%

0.83%

3.08%

1.  Record Multi‑Strategy composite is since inception in July 2012, showing excess returns data gross of fees in USD base, and scaled to a 4% volatility target.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
42 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Operating review continued

Product investment performance continued
Currency for Return continued
Scaling
The Multi‑Strategy product allows clients to select the level of exposure they desire in their currency programmes by 
selecting the required level of scaling and/or the volatility target.

It should be emphasised that in this case “scaling” refers to the multiple of the aggregate notional value of forward contracts 
in the currency programme to the mandate size. This is limited by the willingness of counterparty banks to take exposure to 
the client. The AUME of those mandates where scaling or a volatility target is selected is represented in Record’s AUME at the 
scaled value of the mandate, as opposed to the mandate size. 

AUME development
AUME expressed in US dollar terms finished the year at $83.1 billion, an increase of 4% (2021: $80.1 billion). When expressed in 
sterling, AUME increased by 9% to £63.1 billion (2021: £58.1 billion).

AUME development bridge – year to 31 March 2022 ($bn)

90

85

80

75

70

80.1

AUME at
1 April
2021

2.4

0.3

0.3

83.1

Net flows

Markets

FX effects
and scaling
adjustments

AUME 
at 31 March
2022

AUME movements
Passive Hedging AUME increased by 2% to $62.8 billion (2021: $61.5 billion) driven by net inflows of $1.1 billion for the year from 
new and existing clients. Further positive impacts arose from market movements ($0.6 billion) which were partially offset by 
negative movements in exchange rates ($0.4 billion).

Dynamic Hedging AUME increased by 14%, ending the year at $10.6 billion (2021: $9.3 billion). The majority of the $1.3 billion 
increase is attributable to net inflows ($1.4 billion), of which $0.6 billion were from new clients with the remaining $0.8 billion 
from existing clients. Market movements reduced AUME slightly by $0.1 billion.

Currency for Return AUME increased to $5.0 billion (2021: $3.9 billion) by the end of the year, with the launch of the Record 
EMSF Fund during the year contributing $1.2 billion of inflows, offset by outflows of $0.9 billion from one client exiting the 
Multi‑Strategy product. There were positive movements both in exchange rates of $0.5 billion and market movements of 
$0.3 billion.

Multi‑product AUME decreased to $4.5 billion (2021: $5.2 billion). Net outflows of $0.5 billion were driven primarily by the 
reversal of $0.4 billion of inflow from a tactical bespoke mandate announced in QE 31 December 2020 which had been expected 
to be temporary in nature. There were negative market movements of $0.2 billion.

Market performance
Record’s AUME is affected by movements in market levels because substantially all the Passive and Dynamic Hedging, and 
some of the Multi‑product mandates, are linked to equity, fixed income and other market levels. Market movements increased 
AUME by $0.3 billion in the year ended 31 March 2022 (2021: increase of $8.4 billion).

Further detail on the composition of assets underlying our Hedging and Multi‑product mandates is provided on page 43 
in an attempt to illustrate more clearly the impact of equity and fixed income market movements on these mandate sizes.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

43

Operating review continued

AUME composition by underlying asset class as at 31 March 2022

Passive Hedging

Dynamic Hedging

Multi‑product

Equity 
%

26%

91%

—%

Fixed 
income 
%

32%

—%

—%

Other 
%

42%

9%

100%

Forex
Approximately 81% of the Group’s AUME is non‑US dollar denominated. Therefore, foreign exchange movements may have an 
impact on AUME when expressing non‑US dollar denominated AUME in US dollars. Foreign exchange movements increased 
AUME by $0.3 billion over the year. This movement does not have an equivalent impact on the sterling value of fee income.

At 31 March 2022, the split of AUME by base currency was 12% in sterling, 43% in Swiss francs, 19% in US dollars, 15% in euros 
and 11% in other currencies.

AUME composition by base currency

Base currency 

Sterling 

US dollar 

Swiss franc 

Euro 

Australian dollar

Canadian dollar

Swedish krona

Product mix
AUME composition by product

Passive Hedging

Dynamic Hedging 

Currency for Return

Multi‑product

Cash  

Total  

31 March 2022

31 March 2021

GBP 7.6bn

GBP 6.7bn

USD 17.6bn USD 16.2bn

CHF 33.1bn

CHF 35.2bn

EUR 11.4bn

EUR 9.9bn

AUD 2.9bn

AUD 2.1bn

CAD 6.1bn

CAD 4.8bn

SEK 0.0bn

SEK 0.4bn

31 March 2022

31 March 2021

US $bn

62.8

10.6

5.0

4.5

0.2

83.1

%

76%

13%

6%

5%

—%

US $bn

61.5

9.3

3.9

5.2

0.2

%

77%

12%

5%

6%

—%

100%

80.1

100%

Notwithstanding the product mix remaining broadly constant year on year, the growth and inflows into both Dynamic Hedging 
and the newly launched Record EMSF Fund both represent higher revenue‑margin AUME which continues to diversify the 
Group’s revenue streams and to dilute historical concentration on the lower revenue‑margin Passive Hedging product.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
44 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Financial review

Two years into the 
Group’s change in 
strategic direction, 
the financial benefits 
are now starting to be 
seen, with material 
increases in revenue, 
profits, operating margin 
and earnings.

Steve Cullen
Chief Financial Officer

Overview
The Group has continued to implement its change in strategy 
whilst building on its existing strong core of hedging 
products. Further inflows into Dynamic Hedging this year 
plus diversification into new and innovative products with 
higher revenue‑margins have both served to drive the 
increase in revenue and operating profit. We continue to 
invest in the modernisation of our systems and to provide 
additional resources required for the running of new 
products and services, which has inevitably led to an increase 
in our running costs. Whilst we expect to see a continuation 
of this increase in the current financial year (FY‑23), not 
least due to high inflationary pressures, we anticipate 
seeing growth in our operating margin as the new products 
gain further traction alongside the efficiencies and new 
opportunities arising from investing in the modernisation our 
systems and processes. 

The Group remains independent and profitable, supported by 
its strong and liquid balance sheet. 

Revenues have grown to £35.1 million (2021: £25.4 million) 
supported by a 37% increase in management fees. Operating 
profit for the year increased by 77% to £10.8 million (2021: 
£6.1 million) and the operating profit margin increased to 
31% (2021: 24%) with a 76% increase in profit before tax to 
£10.9 million (2021: £6.2 million). The increase in operating 
profit reflects the change in product mix as a result of the 
inflows into Record’s higher revenue‑margin products, and 
to a lesser extent the efficiencies starting to emerge from 
the investments made in the modernisation of the Group’s 
technology.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

45

Financial review

Revenue

Management fees

£35.1m +38%

£34.1m 37%

FY‑21: £25.4m

FY‑21: £24.9m

Profit and loss (£m)

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Personnel (excluding GPS)

Non‑personnel costs

Other income or expense

Total expenditure (excluding GPS)

GPS 

Operating profit

Operating profit margin

Net interest received

Profit before tax

Tax 

Profit after tax

2022

35.1

(0.2)

34.9

(10.8)

(7.2)

(0.4)

(18.4)

(5.7)

10.8

31%

0.1

10.9

(2.3)

8.6

2021

25.4

(0.4)

25.0

(10.3)

(5.4)

—

(15.7)

(3.2)

6.1

24%

0.1

6.2

(0.8)

5.4

Revenue
Record’s revenue derives from the provision of currency and derivative management services, fees for which can be charged 
through management fee only or management plus performance fee structures, which are available across Record’s product 
range. Management fee only mandates are charged based upon the AUME of the product, and management plus performance 
fee structures include a lower percentage fee applied to AUME, and a proportional share of the specific product performance 
measured over a defined period.

Management fees are typically charged on a quarterly basis, although Record may charge fees monthly for some of its larger 
clients. Performance fees can be charged on quarterly, six‑monthly or annual performance periods on the basis agreed with 
the particular client.

Management fees earned during the year increased by 37% to £34.1 million (2021: £24.9 million) driven predominantly by 
inflows into higher revenue‑margin products, with the launch of the Record EM Sustainable Finance Fund in June 2021 under 
Currency for Return, and the continuation of the growth seen in the latter part of FY‑21 in Dynamic Hedging. Revenues 
increased in the second half by 12% from £16.3 million to £18.3 million (ignoring performance fees).

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
46 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Financial review continued

Revenue continued
Revenue analysis (£m)

Management fees

Passive Hedging

Dynamic Hedging

Currency for Return

Multi‑product

Total management fees

Performance fees

Other currency services income

Total revenue

Year
ended
31 Mar
2022

11.8

10.0

5.5

6.8

34.1

0.5

0.5

35.1

Year
ended
31 Mar
2021

11.4

5.6

2.0

5.9

24.9

0.1

0.4

25.4

Management fees
Passive Hedging management fees increased by 3% to 
£11.8 million for the year (2021: £11.4 million) predominantly 
linked to the net inflows of $1.1 billion in the year. Whilst 
Passive Hedging commands a significantly lower average 
fee rate than Record’s other products, it continues to provide 
a robust and valuable revenue stream from a long‑standing 
client base which itself provides potential synergies to 
the Group in the form of future partnerships and product 
innovation. 

Dynamic Hedging management fees increased by 78% to 
£10.0 million (2021: £5.6 million) as a result of the full‑year 
impact of the $6.1 billion of inflows seen in the second half 
of FY‑21, combined with the total net inflows of $1.4 billion 
in FY‑22 from new and existing clients.

Management fees from Currency for Return mandates 
increased 175% to £5.5 million (2021: £2.0 million). 
The successful launch of the Record EM Sustainable Finance 
Fund in June 2021 added $1.2 billion of AUME, which attracts 
significantly higher fee rates than Record’s historical 
Currency for Return products. This new and innovative 
product has resulted in a material increase in Currency for 
Return revenue, and has more than offset the outflow of 
$0.9 billion from the Multi‑Strategy product in the third 
quarter of the year.

Multi‑product management fees increased by 15% to 
£6.8 million (2021: £5.9 million) as a result of the full‑year 
impact of $1.0 billion of net inflows seen in the second half of 
last year. However, net outflows of $0.5 billion in the second 
half (including $0.3 billion from a bespoke tactical mandate of 
a temporary nature) are expected to reduce revenues slightly 
in the current year (FY‑23).

Performance fees
Performance fees are derived from a combination of 
hedging and return‑seeking products. Our Currency for 
Return and enhanced Passive Hedging products gradually 
made up lost ground during the year versus previous 
high water marks, especially towards the end of the year 
which saw opportunities arising from increases to interest 
rate differentials as a result of changes to central banks’ 
monetary policies, and which we anticipate may provide 
further opportunities in the current year (FY‑23).

Aggregate performance fees of £0.5 million were earned 
during the year (2021: £0.1 million).

Other currency services income
Other currency services income totalled £0.5 million 
(2021: £0.4 million) and consists of fees from ancillary 
currency management services including collateral 
management, signal hedging and tactical execution 
services. Fees charged for these ancillary services are 
not linked to AUME.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

47

Financial review continued

Expenditure
Cost of sales
Cost of sales decreased to £0.2 million from £0.4 million 
in FY‑21 and comprises referral fees and costs in relation to 
the Record Umbrella Fund, which was closed during the year.

Operating expenditure
The Group operating expenditure (excluding variable 
remuneration and other expenses) increased by 15% to 
£18.0 million for the year (2021: £15.7 million).

Average employee numbers for the year remained broadly 
constant, notwithstanding the changes made linked to the 
succession plans of the business. Consequently, growth in 
personnel costs of 5% to £10.8 million (2021: £10.3 million) 
reflects salary increases linked to internal promotions and 
some costs associated with restructuring.

Non‑personnel costs increased by 33% during the year to 
£7.2 million (2021: £5.4 million). The Group has continued 
to invest in technology and systems to support the growth 
and modernisation required under the change in strategy, 
including additional associated running costs, for example 
significant new data requirements and office space in London.

The Group remains conscious of the need for good cost 
control balanced with ensuring the business is appropriately 
resourced to achieve its strategic goals of growth, 
modernisation and succession. However, it is anticipated 
that inflationary pressures in the current environment will 
inevitably lead to an increase in its cost base in the current 
year (FY‑23).

Operating profit and margin
Group operating profit increased by 77% to £10.8 million 
(2021: £6.1 million) and the Group operating margin increased 
to 31% (2021: 24%). As expected, the decrease in the Group’s 
operating margin to 24% last year proved temporary during 
its transitional year and has since rebounded as the inflows 
into new and existing products has changed the revenue mix 
towards higher revenue‑margin products in line with the 
strategic priority of diversification.

Cash flow
The Group consolidated statement of cash flows is shown 
on page 109 of the financial statements.

The Group’s year‑end cash and cash equivalents stood at 
£3.3 million (2021: £6.8 million) and the total assets managed 
as cash were £17.3 million (2021: £19.8 million). The cash 
generated from operating activities before tax increased 
by 55% to £12.7 million (2021: £8.2 million). During the 
year, taxation of £1.4 million was paid (2021: £1.4 million) 
and £6.5 million was paid in dividends (2021: £5.3 million). 
The Group spent £4.5 million (2021: £1.8 million) on the 
purchase of its own shares for the EBT to set against the 
future vesting of share options.

At the year end, the Group held money market instruments 
with maturities between three and twelve months worth 
£13.9 million (2021: £12.9 million). These instruments are 
managed as cash by the Group but are not classified as cash 
under IFRS rules (see note 18 of the financial statements for 
more details).

Other expenses were £0.4 million for the year (2021: income 
of £41k) and represent net losses/gains made on derivative 
financial instruments employed by the Group’s seed funds, 
hedging activities and other FX adjustments or revaluations.

Dividends
An interim ordinary dividend of 1.80 pence per share (2021: 
1.15 pence) was paid to shareholders on 30 December 2021, 
equivalent to £3.4 million.

Group Profit Share (“GPS”) Scheme
The GPS pool has increased by 78% to £5.7 million (2021: 
£3.2 million) in line with the 77% increase in operating profit 
for the year. The GPS pool has been calculated at 34% of 
pre‑GPS operating profit.

Further information on variable remuneration can be found 
in the Remuneration report starting on page 76.

As disclosed in the Chairman’s statement on page 4, 
the Board is recommending a final ordinary dividend of 1.80 
pence per share, equivalent to £3.4 million, taking the overall 
ordinary dividend for the financial year to 3.60 pence per 
share. Simultaneously, the Board is also paying a special 
dividend of 0.92 pence equivalent to £1.8 million, making the 
total dividend in respect of the year ending 31 March 2022 of 
£8.6 million equivalent to 100% of total earnings.

The total ordinary and special dividends paid per share in 
respect of the prior year ended 31 March 2021 were 2.30 
pence and 0.45 pence respectively, equivalent to total 
dividends of £5.3 million and representing 100% of total 
earnings per share of 2.75 pence.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
48 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Financial review continued

Financial stability and capital management
The Group’s balance sheet is strong and liquid with total 
net assets of £25.9 million at the end of the year, including 
current assets managed as cash totalling £17.3 million. 
The cash generated by the business has increased in line 
with the rise in profitability, with net cash inflows from 
operating activities after tax of £11.4 million for the year 
(2021: £6.8 million). For further information on cash flows, 
see the consolidated statement of cash flows on page 109 
of the financial statements.

Under the Board’s capital and dividend policies, the Group 
can pay up to a maximum of 100% of earnings for that 
financial year, thereby ensuring the continued strength of 
its balance sheet.

To this end, the Group maintains a financial model to assist it 
in forecasting future capital requirements over a three‑year 
cycle under various scenarios and monitors the capital and 
liquidity positions of the Group on an ongoing and frequent 
basis. The Group has no debt.

Record Currency Management Limited (“RCML”) is a UK MiFID 
investment firm authorised and regulated by the Financial 
Conduct Authority (“FCA”) registered as an Investment 
Adviser with the SEC and as a Commodity Trading Adviser 
with the CFTC, and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Record 
plc. Both RCML and the Group submit regular capital 
adequacy returns to the FCA, and held significant surplus 
capital resources relative to the regulatory financial resource 
requirement throughout the year.

The Board has concluded that the Group is adequately 
capitalised both to continue its operations effectively and 
to meet regulatory requirements, due to the size and liquidity 
of balance sheet resources maintained by the Group.

The Group held regulatory capital resources based on the 
audited financial statements as at 31 March as follows:

Regulatory capital resources (£m)

Core Tier 1 capital 

Deductions: intangible assets

Regulatory capital resources

2022

25.9

(0.6)

25.3

2021

26.8

(0.4)

26.4

Steve Cullen
Chief Financial Officer

20 June 2022

Cautionary statement
This Annual Report contains certain forward‑looking 
statements with respect to the financial condition, results, 
operations and business of Record. These statements 
involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events 
and depend upon circumstances that will occur in the future. 
There are a number of factors that could cause actual results 
or developments to differ materially from those expressed or 
implied in this Annual Report. Nothing in this Annual Report 
should be construed as a profit forecast.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

49

Risk management

Record adopts a unified approach to risk 
management which is fully embedded 
across all areas of the business.

The Group Board has ultimate responsibility for risk and 
the oversight of the risk management process within 
the business. Recognising that risk is inherent in all of 
the Group’s business dealings, and in the markets and 
instruments in which the Group operates, it places a high 
priority on ensuring an integrated approach and a strong risk 
management culture is embedded throughout the Group, 
with accountability at all levels within the business. Effective 
risk management and strong internal controls are integral 
to the Group’s business model and are reflected in the risk 
management framework adopted within the business.

Risk management framework
Risk appetite
As part of its responsibility for the oversight of the risk 
management process, the Board determines its appetite for 
all significant risk categories identified across the business. 
This defines the level of risk it is willing for the business to 
take to support its strategic and business objectives and 
encourages an appropriate balance between risk and benefit 
in a controlled and regulatory compliant context, taking into 
account the interests of clients, our people and shareholders 
as well as any capital or other regulatory requirements. 
The Group maintains a risk register, which specifies each risk 
appetite with independent and ongoing assessment of the 
level of risk performed by the Head of Business Risk.

The Board reviews and considers the principal and emerging 
risks and corresponding risk appetites on a regular and 
ongoing basis in light of its strategic plans, and changes in 
both the business and regulatory environment. The Board 
currently considers the following significant risk categories in 
determining the risk appetite of the Group:

Strategic

Operational

Systems

Investment

People

Each of these are outlined on pages 52 to 54.

Oversight
Oversight of the risk management framework is delegated 
by the Board to the Head of Business Risk.

The Board provides oversight and independent challenge in 
relation to internal controls, risk management systems and 
procedures, and external financial reporting.

The Board of Record Currency Management Limited, being 
the regulated entity and main trading subsidiary within 
the Group, is the delegated decision‑making body for the 
day‑to‑day operation of the business and includes the 
executive Board members of Record plc and other senior 
personnel within the business.

Risk management framework – overview

Record plc Board

RCML Board

Audit Committee

Investment Committee

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
50 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Risk management continued

Oversight continued
The Board has delegated authority to the Investment 
Committee to approve changes to any of the Group’s 
investment processes and to establish and maintain policies 
for these processes. The Investment Committee’s members 
are listed on page 65. Investment Committee approval is 
required prior to implementation of any new or amended 
investment process or product.

During the year, the Group added further resource and split 
the previous Compliance and Risk function into two separate 
and distinct business units. Consequently, the separate 
Compliance and Risk functions now provide a more focused 
approach to the day‑to‑day management of these important 
control activities within the Group, as well as giving further 
scope to expand such activity in line with the Group’s 
growth trajectory and changes in the business environment. 
As of January 2022, the Group delegates risk management 
processes previously delegated to the Risk Management 
Committee to the Business Risk function managed by 
the Head of Business Risk, with risk reports and updates 
presented directly to the plc Board.

Lines of defence
The Record culture is one of integrity and accountability; 
core values that are embedded into the control environment 
surrounding all areas of the business.

The overall risk management framework is underpinned by 
three lines of defence and is overseen by the Board.

Within this framework, the first line of defence provides 
management assurance and rests with line managers 
within their specific departments and with senior managers 
responsible for the implementation and maintenance of 
higher‑level controls to aim to ensure adherence to quality 
standards and regulatory requirements. 

Functions such as Front Office Risk Management, Compliance, 
Business Risk and Legal provide the second line of defence 
through the drafting, implementation and monitoring of 
policies and procedures to align with best practice, to 
ensure compliance and to provide assurance and oversight 
for the Board.

The third line of defence is performed by internal audit, 
which provides independent assurance on the adequacy 
and effectiveness of the Group’s risk management, control 
and governance processes, providing recommendations to 
improve the control environment. Internal audit is provided 
by Deloitte LLP (“Deloitte”).

External independent assurance for shareholders is achieved 
by the Group commissioning RSM UK Risk Assurance Services 
LLP (“RSM”), an independent third party, to perform the 
annual service auditor’s report in respect of Record Currency 
Management Limited under both the International Standard 
on Assurance Engagement (“ISAE”) 3402 and the American 
Institute of Certified Public Accountants Attestation Standard 
AT‑C Section 320 (“AT‑C 320”). In performing this work, RSM 
reports its opinion on the description of internal controls 
with respect to the investment management and information 
technology activities, and the operating effectiveness of 
specific controls for the period 1 April to 31 March, in line with 
the Group’s financial year.

The Group considers the strong capital buffer retained 
under the capital and dividend policy provides an effective 
additional line of defence in terms of mitigation when 
considering its risks.

External independent assurance activity

ISAE 3402 and AT‑C 320 service auditor’s report on internal controls (RSM)

Embedded culture of integrity and accountability

1st line of defence:

2nd line of defence:

3rd line of defence:

Business operations and support

Control and oversight functions

Internal audit 
(independent assurance – Deloitte)

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

51

Risk management continued

Covid-19
As a business, we continue to adapt to a world changed by 
the impact of the covid‑19 pandemic. Our employees were 
able to show great resilience and the ability to adapt fairly 
seamlessly to working from home. As we return to the office, 
we were mindful of allowing greater flexibility and choice for 
employees to work from home whilst seeking to retain the 
benefits, such as better opportunities for collaboration and 
training, delivered through having physical presence in the 
office. With this in mind, we have adopted a hybrid working 
policy comprising “core” in‑person workdays alongside a 
more flexible choice of where and how to work on non‑core 
days, dependent on the requirements of individual business 
units. Whilst society is learning to “live with” the virus given 
wide vaccination coverage and milder variants currently in 
circulation, we continue to monitor the risk of a substantial 
re‑emergence and will adapt again if necessary.

Ukraine
We have been mindful from an early stage of the risks posed 
to the business by the conflict in Ukraine. We continue to 
closely monitor the ongoing situation, adapt to the changing 
circumstances and to consider the best interests of our 
chosen partners based in Ukraine. 

The risks considered and addressed can be summarised as 
follows:

•  the impact on the delivery of IT projects linked the Group’s 

external consulting partners being based in Ukraine;

•  global recognition of the increased likelihood of 

cyber‑attacks; and

•  our products which include investments in RUB 
(Russia rouble) and UAH (Ukraine hryvnia).

We have so far anticipated and successfully mitigated 
these risks. For example: for 1) we pre‑emptively worked 
with our IT partners to ensure Ukraine‑based staff could 
continue to work safely and without interruption; for 2) the 
Systems teams have increased phishing tests as we expect 
this to be the most likely means of any attempted attack; for 
3) the Investment team gradually closed out all exposures 
ahead of 24 February 2022.

Emerging risks
We consider emerging risks in the context of known risks 
which could become more likely to materialise, or external 
shocks such as natural disasters and pandemics, geopolitics, 
disruption to financial markets and business infrastructure 
and changes or trends in the competitive landscape. The 
Board, management and Head of Business Risk monitor 
emerging risks by including these in the ongoing review of 
risks performed through the risk management framework.

Top risks to the business
The following section shows the Board’s assessment of 
the principal and emerging risks faced by the business. The 
trend arrows indicate the perceived increase or decrease in 
risk posed to the business following review by the Board and 
the Head of Business Risk. These risks fall into a number of 
distinct categories and the means to mitigate them are both 
diverse and relevant to the nature of the risk concerned.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
52 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Risk management continued

Strategic risks

Our top two strategic risks are concentration and competitive 
threats. We consider both of these to be “high” risk and, while 
we accept these as a fact of doing business, a key pillar of the 
CEO’s strategy is to mitigate these through diversification. 

Other notable strategic risks are delivery of strategy, 
regulatory trends, product innovation, third‑party products 
and exogenous.

Risk

Link to strategy

Trend

Description

Concentration

Diversification

Competitive threats

Delivery of strategy

Regulatory trends

Product innovation

Third‑party products

Exogenous

Diversification

Modernisation

Diversification

Modernisation

Succession

Diversification

Diversification

Modernisation

Diversification

Diversification

Modernisation

Our clearest concentration risk comes through our historical 
reliance on currency hedging (both passive and active). 
Despite its acceptance as part of risk appetite, this risk has 
reduced during the year with the change in product mix 
through the successful development and marketing of new 
products and strategies.

Asset management and currency are competitive industries, 
and our business is exposed to competitive threats arising 
from disruptive innovators and entrants, and consistent 
pressure on fees. Notwithstanding the high barriers to entry 
in our industry, our continued focus on the highest levels 
of client service alongside our ability to tailor our service 
offerings to fit specific client demands and our investment in 
technology and innovation have served us well over 40 years 
and will continue to do so.

We continue to successfully execute the CEO’s strategy – 
we have increased revenue through both traditional and 
new products, and made strides in introducing technology to 
streamline a number of operational processes and have put 
into action a plan for generational change.

We are susceptible to adverse regulatory trends in our core 
markets. While we cannot control the likelihood, we have a 
strong track record of working closely with our clients during 
periods of regulatory transition (e.g. EMIR, Brexit, IFPR).

Separate to concentration and competitive threats, as with 
any business we are exposed to the risks that our products 
no longer fill a market need. Our strong client relationships 
and product diversification help to mitigate this risk.

We continue to develop relationships to combine our 
expertise with that of our preferred partners and third‑party 
strategies. Along with the opportunity, we embrace 
some risk that such strategies could underperform and 
cause reputational damage. We mitigate this risk through 
a thorough and robust due diligence process we have 
reinforced our onboarding process.

We are mindful of the risks to the business from an 
inflationary backdrop, for example through increased 
operating costs, as well as the risk to asset prices that would 
directly impact revenues, although this has proved to be 
minimal through the impact of the pandemic.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

53

Risk management continued

Operational risks

Our clients pay us fees to undertake high operational risk on 
their behalf given the trading sizes and volumes we execute. 
We embrace this risk, recognising it as a principal risk to 
the business reflected in our bespoke business model and 
risk framework, which is designed to mitigate this risk to 
an acceptable level. We operate within our risk appetites 
given our robust control framework and long‑standing and 
experienced operational teams. In line with the strategy 
to plan for generational change, several new heads of 
department have been appointed using internal promotions, 
thereby ensuring the knowledge and familiarity required to 

run bespoke mandates remains in the business and these 
operational risks continue to run within an acceptable 
tolerance level aligned with the Board’s risk appetite.

Our biggest operational risks are trade configuration, the 
responsibility of the Portfolio Implementation team, and 
trade execution, undertaken by our Trading team. Other 
notable risks include accuracy of market and portfolio data 
(on which we trade), settlement risk (while we do not trade 
on our own account, risk that we make a mistake with a 
payment instruction), and reporting errors.

Risk

Link to strategy

Trend

Description

Trade configuration 
and execution

Modernisation

Configuring a trade with the wrong currency or in the wrong 
direction would expose us to market risk, as we make good 
any trade errors that would result in a cost to the client. To 
mitigate this risk, trades are configured independently and 
then cross‑checked while our Front Office Risk team conduct 
pre and post‑trade checks. The further introduction of 
technological solutions will increase efficiency and reduce 
risk as we continue to broaden our products and services.

System risks

Along with all businesses in our sector, we are reliant on a 
range of in‑house and third‑party systems to deliver our 
services, and all of these are susceptible to the risk of having 
downtime, bugs, redundancy, integration issues and, of 
course, cyber attacks. 

Notwithstanding our robust systems and mitigating controls, 
we nonetheless maintain a business continuity plan and 
disaster recovery site in order to continue to run the business 
should material disruption occur. These contingencies are 
regularly tested.

Risk

Link to strategy

Trend

Description

Cyber and 
Data Security

Modernisation

Cyber risk represents the risk of loss from cybercrime or the 
malicious disruption to networks through theft of data or 
corruption of information. The Group has established cyber 
security programmes which are continuously reviewed and 
adjusted to keep pace with regulatory, legislative and cyber 
threat landscapes, the latter heightened from the Group now 
operating across various locations and more recently as a 
result of the war in Ukraine. Record Group did not experience 
any material client or operational impact nor any data 
breaches in the year.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
54 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Risk management continued

Investment risks

Any asset manager must embrace the risk of product 
underperformance, whether against their benchmarks or 
indeed in absolute terms; we are no different. This is our key 
investment risk.

Investment risks also cover the research process and any 
potential impact on product development, which we see as 
low risk given our highly qualified and experienced research 
colleagues, a rigorous review process and strict scrutiny by 
the Investment Committee for all product developments.

Risk

Link to strategy

Trend

Description

Product 
underperformance

Diversification

Market liquidity

Modernisation

We are increasingly exposed to emerging markets and their 
inherent risks, given the geopolitical environment as well as 
our activity in this space. We expect this risk to increase as 
we grow this part of the business.

Market liquidity is another risk of doing business and one 
that asset managers must embrace. That said, we mitigate 
this risk through extensive access to, and long‑standing 
relationships with, liquidity sources, and have successfully 
navigated recent liquidity events such as covid‑19, Brexit and 
the SNB decision to stop supporting the Euro‑Swiss franc 
floor. We see this as a core competitive advantage.

People risks

People are our biggest asset and, as such, present various 
risks. We have worked hard to mitigate both key person and 

succession risks over the previous twelve months; indeed, 
succession planning is a key focus of the Board.

Risk

Link to strategy

Trend

Description

Key person 
and succession

Succession

Talent acquisition 
and retention

Succession

The Group has been in business for almost 40 years and was 
previously vulnerable to key person risk in the executive, 
operational and investment teams. As we continue to execute 
the CEO’s strategy by planning for generational change and 
promoting from within, this key person and succession risk 
posed to the business becomes further diluted.

The inflationary environment has forced many firms, 
including ours, to consider risks to talent acquisition and 
retention. While there has been some turnover and internal 
promotions to key operational roles, we continue to 
successfully attract talent into all areas of the business.

We also monitor risks such as conduct and conflicts of 
interest, as well as staff engagement and wellbeing. Staff 
wellbeing was a focal point during the Delta and Omicron 
peaks, given the risks to multiple team members being sick 

and the knock‑on effects of critical functions; as many staff 
have worked in other departments, we are able to rely on 
cross‑department experience should we need to.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

55

Viability statement

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
the Directors have performed a robust assessment of the 
viability of the Group considering the business model, the 
Group’s expected financial position, Board strategy and risk 
appetite, the Group’s solvency and liquidity and its principal 
risks. Based on this assessment, the Directors have a current 
and reasonable expectation that the Group will continue 
to operate and meet its liabilities as they fall due up to 
31 March 2025.

The scenarios assume mitigating actions including the 
potential for non‑critical cost reductions and reassessing 
the dividend policy, although any mitigating actions 
would need to be reassessed depending on the specific 
circumstances and expected duration of the factors affecting 
the business model at the time. The possibility that the 
impact and timing of factors potentially affecting the viability 
of the Group could be more severe than assumed plausible 
for the above testing should also be noted.

The Directors review the financial forecasts and position 
of the Group on an ongoing basis. The capital and dividend 
policies reflect the stated objectives of maintaining a 
strong balance sheet whilst allowing the Group flexibility 
to adapt its products and services to market conditions, to 
take advantage of emerging business opportunities, and to 
make progressive and sustainable returns to shareholders. 
The Group’s strategy and principal risks are assessed and 
reviewed regularly at Board and Executive level, and by 
operational subsidiaries within the Group. Further detail 
on the Group’s strategy and principal risks is given in the 
Strategic report on pages 18 to 21 and 52 to 54 respectively.

In assessing the viability of the Group, the Directors have 
considered the principal risks affecting the Group, which 
underpin the basis for the stress testing of the business plan 
conducted under the Investment Firm Prudential Regime 
(“IFPR”). This uses severe but plausible stress scenarios 
assuming the crystallising of a number of these principal 
risks to assess the options for mitigating the impact on the 
Group, and for ensuring that the ongoing viability of the 
Group is sustained.

Our resilience to the effects of covid‑19 has been 
demonstrated by the robust operational and financial 
performance over the two financial years ended 2021 and 
2022, which supports our assessment that it does not 
represent a high risk of impacting our future viability.

Changes in our industry such as the increase in demand for 
sustainable investment products and advances in technology 
provide both challenge but also opportunity to the Group, 
and economic uncertainty continues, linked to the war in 
Ukraine. Through its change in strategy and increased focus 
on growth, combined with the continued enhancement of 
its products and services and in maintaining its approach to 
innovation and the use of technology, the Directors believe 
the Company to be capable of meeting such challenges, 
as evidenced by the growth in revenue and profits and 
the diversification of AUME seen over the year. However, 
the Directors consider a three‑year horizon over which to 
assess the viability of the Group to be appropriate under 
such circumstances, since it provides a sharper focus and 
any further planning horizon provides a greater level of 
uncertainty to financial projections.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
56 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Governance

Governance

Chairman’s introduction

Board of Directors

Corporate governance report

Corporate governance overview

Board structure

Board activity

Board effectiveness

Corporate governance framework

Internal control and risk management 

Nomination Committee report

Audit Committee report

Remuneration report

Chair of the Remuneration Committee’s statement 

Remuneration Policy

Annual report on remuneration 

Directors’ report

Directors’ responsibilities statement

57

58

60

60

61

62

64

65

66

67

70

76

76

79

85

94

97

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

57

Chairman’s introduction

Good corporate 
governance is one of 
the most valuable assets 
of any business and at 
Record we intend to 
maximise the value of the 
company by promoting 
an environment of trust, 
accountability and 
transparency necessary 
for the long-term 
sustainable success of 
the business. 

Neil Record
Chairman

In this section of the Annual Report we explain our corporate 
governance arrangements and describe the operation of the 
Board and its Committees during the year.

The year was again one of change for Record and we 
successfully implemented new organisational and 
governance structures designed to support long-term 
business growth. Our talented team worked hard to deliver 
excellent results in making the business agile and resilient 
to the ongoing challenges of covid-19. All this could not 
happen without a strong and robust corporate governance 
framework which the Group has in place, together with the 
Board and its Committees working closely with the Group’s 
highly experienced management team to support Record’s 
operational teams in continuing to deliver a high-quality and 
innovative range of products and services to our clients.

I am confident that the Group’s governance arrangements 
are both appropriate and effective and that going forward 
the Group will continue to embrace regulatory, governance 
and best practice changes in its drive to best serve all 
its stakeholders.

Neil Record
Chairman

20 June 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
58 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Board of Directors

Neil Record
Chairman

Leslie Hill
Chief Executive Officer

Steve Cullen
Chief Financial Officer

Tim Edwards

Matt Hotson

Krystyna Nowak

Senior Independent Director

Independent Non-executive Director

Independent Non-executive Director

Appointed: 
Neil founded Record in 1983 and has 
been its principal shareholder and 
Chairman since then. Neil also served 
as Record’s CEO until October 2010.

Appointed: 
Leslie joined Record in 1992. She was 
appointed Head of Sales and Marketing 
in 1999, and Chief Executive Officer in 
February 2020.

Appointed: 
Steve was appointed to the Board 
and made Chief Financial Officer in 
March 2013.

Appointed: 

Appointed: 

Appointed: 

Tim was appointed as a Non-executive 

Matt was appointed as an independent 

Krystyna was appointed as an 

Director of Record in March 2018 and 

Non-executive Director of Record in 

independent Non-executive Director 

as Senior Independent Director in 

July 2021.

in September 2021.

July 2021.

Previous appointments: 
Prior to founding Record, Neil was an 
economist at the Bank of England and 
worked in the commodity and currency 
trading department at Mars Inc’s UK 
subsidiary.

Previous appointments: 
Leslie’s extensive prior experience 
includes working at Lloyds Bank and 
Merrill Lynch where she was Director 
and Head of Corporate Foreign 
Exchange Sales worldwide.

Previous appointments: 
Steve qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant in 1994 and gained 
15 years of audit experience within 
public practice before joining Record.

Current external appointments: 
Neil is Chairman of the Board of The 
Institute of Economic Affairs and a 
director of IEA Forum Limited, Chairman 
of The Global Warming Policy Forum 
and a director of Aims of Industry 
Limited, Oxford Festival of the Arts, 
Circular Wave Limited and Restore 
Trust Ltd.

Skills and experience: 
With almost 40 years of experience 
in financial services, Neil remains 
integral to the development of the 
business strategy. As Chairman he 
is a strong figurehead, well-known 
and well-respected within the field of 
currency management and as such is 
an asset to the Board.

Neil is the author of numerous books 
and articles on currency and other risk 
management topics.

Current external appointments: 
Leslie is a director of Trade Record Ltd.

Current external appointments: 
Steve has no other appointments 
outside of the Record Group.

Skills and experience: 
Having worked at Record for 30 years, 
Leslie has a deep understanding of 
Record’s products and the needs of 
clients. As Head of the Client Team 
she was instrumental in driving the 
client-focused culture of the business 
and helped to maintain existing and 
develop new client relationships. Leslie 
is therefore very well placed to provide 
a client perspective during Board 
discussions. 

This extensive experience means that, 
as CEO, Leslie is ideally suited to leading 
Record through its transition from 
currency manager to asset manager 
and in driving the delivery of the 
Board’s strategy.

Skills and experience: 
Steve joined Record in October 2003 
and led Record’s Finance team for over 
nine years, reporting directly to the 
Chief Financial Officer. He was part 
of the internal management team at 
Record involved in the preparation for 
admission to trading on the London 
Stock Exchange in December 2007.

With his ICAEW FCA qualification and 
over 30 years’ experience, including 
over 18 years within financial services, 
Steve brings considerable accounting, 
financial and risk management 
expertise to the Board.

Previous appointments: 

Previous appointments: 

Previous appointments: 

Previously, Tim was a member of the 

Matt’s experience spans core finance, 

Previously, Krystyna was a Managing 

governing Board of Innovate UK, the 

strategy, investor relations and 

Director of Norman Broadbent and 

UK’s innovation agency, a director of 

business leadership gained from 

prior to this worked at Citigroup in a 

the UK Cell and Gene Therapy Catapult 

Arrows Global Finance plc, RSA 

variety of senior roles across shipping 

and chair of the UK BioIndustry 

insurance Group plc, Cable and Wireless 

finance, oil project finance and risk 

Association.

plc and Legal and General Group plc.

management, in Europe and Asia.

Current external appointments: 

Current external appointments: 

Current external appointments: 

Tim is a biotech entrepreneur, who 

Matt has recently joined the Mishcon 

Krystyna is Senior Managing Director 

is currently non-executive chair of 

de Reya Group as its Group CFO 

of the Teneo People Advisory Board 

Schroder UK Public Private Trust and 

Designate to lead the potential IPO.

Practice and is Senior Independent 

EndLyz UK Limited, Karus Therapeutics 

Limited and Storm Therapeutics Limited, 

and a director of AstronauTX Limited.

Director of abrdn Asian Income Fund 

Ltd. Krystyna is also a Trustee of 

London Youth Rowing and of the Oxford 

and Cambridge Rowing Foundation.

Skills and experience: 

Skills and experience: 

Skills and experience: 

Tim is a Chartered Accountant (FCA) 

Matt is a highly experienced finance 

Krystyna has a wealth of City 

with a background in corporate 

professional, having worked for more 

experience, both in banking and in 

finance and venture investing, and he 

than 25 years at leading FTSE 100 

executive search. She has an expertise 

has extensive corporate development 

companies. He has a proven track 

in succession planning and Board 

and people management experience. 

record in leading finance strategy, 

composition having worked as a 

Tim adds insight to Board discussions 

business improvement, and financial 

director for a specialist board-level 

ensuring that the Board continues 

control for large listed companies. 

search boutique. Krystyna is a graduate 

to focus on mid to long-term value 

He is currently studying for a PhD in 

from Oxford University where she 

development.

Digital Economics.

studied Physics and gained a Law 

Degree in 2003.

Committee memberships: 

 N

Committee memberships: 

Committee memberships: 

Committee memberships: 

 A

 N  R

 A

 N  R

 A  N

 R

 A Audit Committee

 N Nomination Committee

 R Remuneration Committee

Chair

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

59

Board of Directors

Neil Record

Chairman

Appointed: 

Leslie Hill

Chief Executive Officer

Steve Cullen

Chief Financial Officer

Tim Edwards
Senior Independent Director

Matt Hotson
Independent Non-executive Director

Krystyna Nowak
Independent Non-executive Director

Neil founded Record in 1983 and has 

Leslie joined Record in 1992. She was 

Steve was appointed to the Board 

been its principal shareholder and 

appointed Head of Sales and Marketing 

and made Chief Financial Officer in 

Chairman since then. Neil also served 

in 1999, and Chief Executive Officer in 

March 2013.

Appointed: 

Appointed: 

as Record’s CEO until October 2010.

February 2020.

Appointed: 
Tim was appointed as a Non-executive 
Director of Record in March 2018 and 
as Senior Independent Director in 
July 2021.

Appointed: 
Matt was appointed as an independent 
Non-executive Director of Record in 
July 2021.

Appointed: 
Krystyna was appointed as an 
independent Non-executive Director 
in September 2021.

Previous appointments: 

Previous appointments: 

Previous appointments: 

Prior to founding Record, Neil was an 

Leslie’s extensive prior experience 

Steve qualified as a Chartered 

economist at the Bank of England and 

includes working at Lloyds Bank and 

Accountant in 1994 and gained 

worked in the commodity and currency 

Merrill Lynch where she was Director 

15 years of audit experience within 

trading department at Mars Inc’s UK 

and Head of Corporate Foreign 

public practice before joining Record.

subsidiary.

Exchange Sales worldwide.

Current external appointments: 

Current external appointments: 

Current external appointments: 

Neil is Chairman of the Board of The 

Leslie is a director of Trade Record Ltd.

Steve has no other appointments 

outside of the Record Group.

Institute of Economic Affairs and a 

director of IEA Forum Limited, Chairman 

of The Global Warming Policy Forum 

and a director of Aims of Industry 

Limited, Oxford Festival of the Arts, 

Circular Wave Limited and Restore 

Trust Ltd.

Skills and experience: 

Skills and experience: 

Skills and experience: 

With almost 40 years of experience 

Having worked at Record for 30 years, 

Steve joined Record in October 2003 

in financial services, Neil remains 

Leslie has a deep understanding of 

and led Record’s Finance team for over 

integral to the development of the 

Record’s products and the needs of 

nine years, reporting directly to the 

business strategy. As Chairman he 

clients. As Head of the Client Team 

Chief Financial Officer. He was part 

is a strong figurehead, well-known 

she was instrumental in driving the 

of the internal management team at 

and well-respected within the field of 

client-focused culture of the business 

Record involved in the preparation for 

currency management and as such is 

and helped to maintain existing and 

admission to trading on the London 

an asset to the Board.

develop new client relationships. Leslie 

Stock Exchange in December 2007.

Neil is the author of numerous books 

and articles on currency and other risk 

management topics.

is therefore very well placed to provide 

a client perspective during Board 

discussions. 

With his ICAEW FCA qualification and 

over 30 years’ experience, including 

over 18 years within financial services, 

This extensive experience means that, 

Steve brings considerable accounting, 

as CEO, Leslie is ideally suited to leading 

financial and risk management 

Record through its transition from 

expertise to the Board.

currency manager to asset manager 

and in driving the delivery of the 

Board’s strategy.

Previous appointments: 
Previously, Tim was a member of the 
governing Board of Innovate UK, the 
UK’s innovation agency, a director of 
the UK Cell and Gene Therapy Catapult 
and chair of the UK BioIndustry 
Association.

Previous appointments: 
Matt’s experience spans core finance, 
strategy, investor relations and 
business leadership gained from 
Arrows Global Finance plc, RSA 
insurance Group plc, Cable and Wireless 
plc and Legal and General Group plc.

Previous appointments: 
Previously, Krystyna was a Managing 
Director of Norman Broadbent and 
prior to this worked at Citigroup in a 
variety of senior roles across shipping 
finance, oil project finance and risk 
management, in Europe and Asia.

Current external appointments: 
Tim is a biotech entrepreneur, who 
is currently non-executive chair of 
Schroder UK Public Private Trust and 
EndLyz UK Limited, Karus Therapeutics 
Limited and Storm Therapeutics Limited, 
and a director of AstronauTX Limited.

Current external appointments: 
Matt has recently joined the Mishcon 
de Reya Group as its Group CFO 
Designate to lead the potential IPO.

Skills and experience: 
Tim is a Chartered Accountant (FCA) 
with a background in corporate 
finance and venture investing, and he 
has extensive corporate development 
and people management experience. 
Tim adds insight to Board discussions 
ensuring that the Board continues 
to focus on mid to long-term value 
development.

Skills and experience: 
Matt is a highly experienced finance 
professional, having worked for more 
than 25 years at leading FTSE 100 
companies. He has a proven track 
record in leading finance strategy, 
business improvement, and financial 
control for large listed companies. 
He is currently studying for a PhD in 
Digital Economics.

Current external appointments: 
Krystyna is Senior Managing Director 
of the Teneo People Advisory Board 
Practice and is Senior Independent 
Director of abrdn Asian Income Fund 
Ltd. Krystyna is also a Trustee of 
London Youth Rowing and of the Oxford 
and Cambridge Rowing Foundation.

Skills and experience: 
Krystyna has a wealth of City 
experience, both in banking and in 
executive search. She has an expertise 
in succession planning and Board 
composition having worked as a 
director for a specialist board-level 
search boutique. Krystyna is a graduate 
from Oxford University where she 
studied Physics and gained a Law 
Degree in 2003.

Committee memberships: 

 N

Committee memberships: 

Committee memberships: 

Committee memberships: 

 A

 N  R

 A

 N  R

 A  N

 R

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
60 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Corporate governance report

Company purpose
Our purpose is to continue to harness trends and innovate 
by collaborating with our clients, with the aim of achieving 
diverse partnerships of financial specialists – creating 
unique, opportunistic, sustainable solutions.

Corporate culture
Since being established in 1983, the Group has endeavoured 
to put the interests and needs of our clients first and 
this cultural belief is encouraged and deeply embedded 
within all business functions. The Board has worked hard 
to ensure that the importance of client focus through 
diligence, transparency, accountability and probity has been 
disseminated to all staff, contractors and consultants across 
the Group. There has been a focus on employees’ wellbeing 
through covid-19, transitioning from remote working to our 
current hybrid working arrangements, including core office 
days. The Board of Directors understands the importance 
of maintaining the strong corporate culture within the 
business, ensuring that it is embedded at every level 
of the organisation.

Board and corporate governance changes
This year saw changes to the composition of the Board. 
Rosemary Hilary and Jane Tufnell both stepped down from 
their position as Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee and 
Nomination Committee respectively, to be succeeded by 
Matt Hotson as Chair of the Audit Committee, and Krystyna 
Nowak as Chair of the Nomination Committee. Both Matt 
and Krystyna bring a wealth of experience and knowledge 
to the Board and have made a significant impact since 
their appointments. Tim Edwards replaced Jane Tufnell 
as Senior Independent Director and continued his role 
as the designated Non-executive Director for workforce 
engagement in line with the requirement of the Corporate 
Governance Code 2018. I would like to thank Rosemary and 
Jane for their contribution and look forward to working with 
the new Board members. 

There have also been changes in the corporate governance 
structure with the dissolution of the Executive Committee, 
which was previously responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the business. A new Board of Directors of 
the regulated UK subsidiary of the Group – Record Currency 
Management Limited (“RCML”) – is now responsible for the 
day-to-day management and works closely with the Record 
plc Board to successfully deliver the strategy for the Group. 

During the year, the prior Compliance and Risk team was 
split with the appointment of a dedicated Head of Business 
Risk which has strengthened the Group’s risk management 
framework during a period of significant change and growth. 
Consequently, the prior Audit and Risk Committee is now 
the Audit Committee, and risk is actively discussed at Board 
meetings of both Record plc and RCML. The continued focus 
on risk culture is crucial and we constantly seek to improve 
culture through embedding effective risk management 
systems at every level within the Group. 

Further information on the corporate governance framework 
is provided on pages 65 and 66.

Compliance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code
Throughout the year, the Company has applied the main 
principles and provisions of the Code as deemed appropriate 
to the Group. Page 60 provides an overview of how the Code 
has been applied and Record’s departures from the Code are 
fully explained.

Section 172 disclosure
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires directors 
to promote the success of the company for the benefit of 
the members as a whole and in doing so to have regard to 
the interests of stakeholders, including clients, employees, 
suppliers, regulators and the wider society in which it 
operates. Details of how the Board engaged with Record’s 
various stakeholders are shown on pages 38 and 39. 

Corporate governance overview
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
(the “Code”)
The Board is supportive of the principles of the Code and has 
been since its Admission to the Official List of the UK Listing 
Authority in December 2007, with the Board complying as it 
deems appropriate given the nature and size of the business. 

The latest version of the Code was published in July 2018 
and is applicable to accounting periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2019. 

Copies of the Code can be obtained from the FRC’s website at 
www.frc.org.uk. 

Listed companies are required under the Financial Conduct 
Authority Listing Rules either to comply with the provisions 
of the Code or explain to investors in their next Annual Report 
why they have not done so.

The Board has reviewed the appropriateness of the 
provisions to determine whether they should be applied 
or if departure is justified. All provisions of the Code have 
been applied as necessary as part of Record’s corporate 
governance framework except for the following:

Provision 9 of the Code recommends that the chair should 
be independent on appointment. Neil Record is deemed to 
be a controlling shareholder and so was not independent 
on appointment. However, the Board is of the opinion that 
the potential issue of non-independence is outweighed by 
the attributes of leadership and guidance that Neil brings 
to the role.

Provision 19 of the Code recommends that the chair should 
not remain in post beyond nine years from the date of 
first appointment to the board. Neil Record founded the 
Record Group in 1983 and led the business until its IPO in 
December 2007. At the time of the IPO it was agreed Neil 
was best placed to continue to chair the business, a role 
he has undertaken ever since. Neil is well-known and well 
respected within the field of currency management and 
his long established involvement with the business, his 
ideas and character have built the business to what it is 
today. The Board is of the opinion that Neil continues to 
add considerable value and that retaining him as Chairman 
is therefore justified for the foreseeable future. Details of 
the Nomination Committee’s review of the tenure of the 
Chairman conducted in 2022, together with its conclusion, 
are provided on page 69.

Provision 21 of the Code recommends that the chair should 
consider having a regular externally facilitated board 
evaluation. In FTSE 350 companies this should happen at 
least every three years. As a non-FTSE 350 company the 
triennial requirement for an external assessment does 
not apply to Record plc, although an externally facilitated 
workshop was carried out in 2021. Details of the evaluation 
process previously conducted were provided in the Annual 
Report and Accounts 2021.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

61

Corporate governance report

Board structure
Board composition
The Record plc Board consists of six members and is headed 
by Neil Record (Chairman), with the Executive Directors 
Leslie Hill (Chief Executive Officer) and Steve Cullen (Chief 
Financial Officer). There are currently three Non-executive 
Directors: Tim Edwards, being the Senior Independent 
Director, Krystyna Nowak and Matt Hotson. The biographical 
details of the Board members are set out on pages 58 and 59. 

In July 2021 Jane Tufnell stepped down from the Board 
and was succeeded by Krystyna Nowak, who was 
appointed as an independent Non-executive Director in 
September 2021, becoming Chair of the Nomination Committee. 
In September 2021 Rosemary Hilary stepped down from the 
Board and was succeeded by Matt Hotson who was appointed 
as an independent Non-executive Director in July 2021 and took 
the lead as Chair of the Audit Committee in September 2021.

Code provision
The Code recommends that at least half the board, excluding 
the chair, should be non-executive directors whom the 
board considers to be independent and the Board’s structure 
complies with this provision. The Board considers that 
the current composition is appropriate given the size and 
structure of the business.

The division of responsibilities between the Chairman and 
the Chief Executive Officer is clearly established, set out in 
writing and agreed by the Board.

Board responsibilities 
The Board has a schedule of matters specifically 
reserved for its decision and approval, which 
includes, but is not limited to:

•  determining the Group’s long-term strategy 

and objectives;

•  authorising significant capital expenditure;
•  approving the Group’s annual and interim 
reports and preliminary announcements;

•  the setting of interim and special dividends and 
recommendation of final dividend payments;
•  ensuring the effectiveness of internal controls 

and the risk management framework;
•  the authorisation of Directors’ conflicts or 

possible conflicts of interest; and

•  communication with shareholders and the 

stock market.

Chairman 
The Chairman is responsible for leadership of the Board. He is also 
responsible for overseeing the activities of the Chief Executive Officer 
and providing advice, guidance and support to the executive team. 
He works with the Board to develop Group strategy and support its 
implementation. The Chairman is a principal ambassador of Record 
and a guardian of the Group’s ethos and values.

Chief Executive Officer
The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the executive 
management of the Group with focus on profitable business 
growth while acting in the interests of all stakeholders – clients, 
shareholders, employees and industry regulators – and upholding the 
core values of Record. Her statement on FY-22 and the outlook for the 
Group can be found on pages 6 and 7. 

Chief Financial Officer
The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for the finance function, the 
financial management and control of the business, and for developing 
and delivering appropriate internal and external financial reporting. 
His financial review for FY-22 can be found on pages 44 to 48.

Senior Independent Director 
The Senior Independent Director’s role is to act as a sounding board for the Chairman, oversee the evaluation of the 
Chairman’s performance (see page 69) and serve as an intermediary for the other Directors if necessary. He is also available 
as an additional point of contact for shareholders and other stakeholders should they wish to raise matters with him rather 
than the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer.

Non-executive Directors 
The Non-executive Directors are responsible for upholding high standards of integrity and probity, providing constructive 
challenge and helping to develop proposals on strategy.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
62 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Corporate governance report continued

Board structure continued
Independence of the Non-executive Directors
In determining the independence of Non-executive Directors, 
the Board has taken into consideration the guidance provided 
by the Code. The Board considers Matt Hotson, Krystyna 
Nowak and Tim Edwards to be independent at the current 
time. Neil Record is a Non-executive Chairman, although 
he is not considered to be independent.

Director appointments and time commitment
The rules providing for the appointment, election, re-election 
and the removal of Directors are contained in the Company’s 
Articles of Association.

The Company’s Articles of Association were revised in 
2020 to align with the UK Corporate Governance Code July 
2018, current legislation and market practice and were 
subsequently approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM. 
Under the Articles, all Directors are subject to annual election 
or re-election by shareholders and all of the Directors will 
stand for election or re-election at the 2022 AGM.

The Board has agreed that all Directors standing for election 
or re-election continue to make a valuable contribution to 
the Board's deliberations and recommends their election 
or re-election. As required by the UK Listing Rules, the 
appointment of independent directors must be approved by a 
simple majority of all shareholders and by a simple majority 
of the independent shareholders. Further details are set out 
in the 2022 Notice of AGM. 

Non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment stipulate 
that they are expected to commit sufficient time to discharge 
their duties. Non-executive Directors are required to notify 
the Chairman before taking on any additional appointments. 
Details of other roles held by the Non-executives are set out 
in their biographies on pages 58 and 59. The Board is satisfied 
that all Directors continue to be effective and demonstrate 
commitment to their respective roles.

The Executive Directors are employed on a full-time basis 
and do not have any other significant commitments outside 
of the Record Group. Neil Record, as Non-executive Chairman, 
works on a part-time basis. 

Details of Executive Directors’ service contracts, 
termination arrangements and Non-executive Directors’ 
letters of appointment are included in the Remuneration 
report on page 83.

Board member diversity
The Board has approved a policy for ensuring Board member 
inclusion and diversity and has delegated the responsibility 
for addressing Board diversity to the Nomination Committee. 
The Nomination Committee reviews Board composition in the 
context of diversity and reports its recommendations to the 
Board to ensure diversity is achieved. 

The Board acknowledges the importance of diversity 
in the boardroom in its broadest sense as a driver of 
board effectiveness. Diversity encompasses diversity 
of perspective, experience, background, psychological 
type and personal attributes. The Board recognises that 
gender diversity is a significant aspect of diversity and 
acknowledges the important role that women with the right 
skills and experience can play in contributing to diversity of 
perspective in the boardroom. The Group’s Board Inclusion 
and Diversity Policy sets out that the Board will endeavour 
to ensure that the minority gender on the Board represents 
at least one-third of the Board.

The Board currently has two female members in a board of 
six and thus women make up one-third of the Board. The 
Board’s opinion is that the current composition of members 
comprises a good mixture of skills, experience, knowledge 
and backgrounds and is therefore appropriate for the 
business at the present time. Future Executive Director 
succession planning will take into account the benefits 
of diversity, including gender diversity, as set out in the 
Group’s Board Inclusion and Diversity Policy. Diversity in 
the workplace is described on page 30.

Board activity
Board focus and decision-making
The regular scheduled Board meetings have a set, 
strategically focused agenda and Board members are invited 
in advance of each meeting to add any additional issues they 
wish to be addressed. 

Material circulated in advance of the meetings has included:

•  minutes of the previous Board meetings;
•  CEO report;
•  subsidiary company reports;
•  management information pack;
•  KPI data pack;
•  investment performance report;
•  IT strategy and systems report;
•  compliance report;
•  risk management report;
•  HR report;
•  sustainability report; and
•  governance report.

Updates from the respective Chairs of the Nomination 
Committee, Remuneration Committee and Audit Committee 
are provided at each meeting.

The Board discussed progress against strategy, focusing 
on product diversification, technology modernisation and 
succession planning on an ongoing basis. In addition, the 
Board also discussed global regulatory developments, the 
covid-19 pandemic and the conflict between Russia and 
Ukraine.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

63

Corporate governance report continued

During the year, the Board focused on the key matters detailed below:

Key matters considered by the Board in the year ended 31 March 2022

June 2021

July 2021

September 2021

November 2021

February 2022

March 2022

•  Going concern and long-term viability review (Finance, Risk management)
•  Annual Report and Accounts 2021 and dividend review and approval (Finance)
•  Board workshop (Governance)
•  Sustainability report (Governance)
•  Conflicts of interest framework (Compliance, Governance)

•  Client and product strategy (Strategy)
•  Pillar 3 disclosure (Risk management)
•  Technology and budget for a new platform (Strategy, Finance)

•  Business Risk Framework review (Risk)
•  Office structure (Strategy, HR, Finance)
•  Group governance structure review (Governance)

•  Going concern review (Finance)
•  Interim report review (Finance)
•  Interim dividend proposal (Finance)
•  Conduct risk review (Risk, Compliance)
•  Separation of Record plc and Record Currency Management Limited Boards and RCML Board 

membership (Governance)

•  Change of the corporate bank provider (Finance)

•  Financial crime review (Compliance)
•  Money laundering risk assessment (Compliance, Risk)
•  New risk framework review (Risk)
•  Closed periods review (Finance, Compliance)
•  Third-party products review (Strategy)
•  Record plc Board terms of reference review (Governance)
•  Employee engagement survey (Workforce)

•  Three-year strategic plan (Strategy)
•  FY-23 budget (Finance)
•  Risk capital methodology (Risk)
•  Introduction to Record Digital Asset Ventures (Strategy)

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
64 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Corporate governance report continued

Board activity
Meeting frequency and attendance
The Board met six times between 1 April 2021 and 
31 March 2022 to review financial performance and to 
follow the schedule of matters reserved for its decision 
and approval. Comprehensive Board papers, comprising 
an agenda and formal reports and briefing documents, are 
sent to Directors in advance of each meeting. Directors 
are regularly informed by senior executives and external 
advisers on the Group’s affairs, including commercial, 
regulatory, legal, corporate governance and other 
relevant matters.

Appropriate and timely notice is given of all Board meetings 
and all Directors receive information in advance so that if 
they are unable to attend, their input can be tabled and taken 
into consideration. The Board has regular offsite strategy 
meetings and additional meetings as required to address 
specific issues. 

Any concerns raised by Directors which are not resolved are 
recorded in the Board minutes. No such matters were noted 
during the year ended 31 March 2022.

Directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board. 
Details of Board meeting attendance are included in the 
table below:

Meetings in the year: 6

Neil Record 

Leslie Hill 

Steve Cullen  

Tim Edwards

Matt Hotson 

Krystyna Nowak

Former Directors who served during the year

Jane Tufnell 

Rosemary Hilary

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

4/4

3/3

1/1

3/3

Matt Hotson attended four meetings due to his appointment 
in July 2021.

Krystyna Nowak attended three meetings due to her 
appointment in September 2021.

Jane Tufnell stepped down in July 2021 and therefore 
attended one meeting.

Rosemary Hilary stepped down in September 2021 and 
therefore attended three meetings.

The Non-executive Directors met without the Executive 
Directors on several occasions throughout the year, 
prior to scheduled meetings.

Board effectiveness
Board induction and training
New Directors appointed to the Board receive advice as 
to the legal obligations arising from the role of a director 
of a UK-listed company as part of a tailored induction 
programme. Following the appointment of Matt Hotson in 
July and Krystyna Nowak in September, a comprehensive 
and tailored induction programme was provided and is 
ongoing. This induction includes briefings with the Chairman, 
Executive Directors and senior management to help new 
Directors familiarise themselves with their duties and 
the Group’s culture and values, strategy, business model, 
operations, risk and governance arrangements.

The Company Secretary, under the direction of the Chairman, 
is responsible for maintaining an adequate continuing 
education programme, reminding the Directors of their duties 
and obligations on a regular basis, ensuring good information 
flow between the Board, its Committees and management 
and assisting with Directors’ continuing professional 
development needs.

All Directors have access to independent professional advice, 
when required, at the Company’s expense as well as to the 
advice and services of the Company Secretary. 

Board performance evaluation
The Board is required by the Code to undertake an annual 
evaluation of its performance. The Code states that “There 
should be a formal and rigorous annual evaluation of the 
performance of the Board, its Committees, the Chair and 
individual Directors”.

The Code recommends that evaluation of the Board of FTSE 
350 companies should be externally facilitated at least every 
three years. 

The last externally facilitated Board effectiveness 
workshop was conducted in March 2021 and further details 
were provided in the Nomination Committee report of the 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021. This year Record decided 
to undertake an internal Board and Committee evaluation by 
using a questionnaire tailored to the specifics of the Company 
and its business. 

Individual appraisal of each Director’s performance is 
undertaken by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman. 
The Senior Independent Director conducts an annual 
appraisal of the performance of the Chairman with input 
from the other Board members. The outcome of these 
appraisals in 2022 was positive and all roles were considered 
to be undertaken effectively.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

65

Corporate governance report continued

Corporate governance framework
The Board has established a framework of committees and sub-committees to ensure robust corporate governance practices 
throughout the business. The Board is confident that this structure is appropriate and that the delegation of responsibilities 
allows the business to operate in a structured manner and to respond rapidly when issues arise.

The diagram below gives an overview of the Group’s core governance framework.

Record plc Board

Record Currency Management Limited Board

Board Committees

Operational Committees

Nomination

Remuneration

Audit

Investment

Portfolio Management Group

HR

Sustainability

Record plc – Board Committees
The Board has established three Board Committees and 
delegated authority to each Committee to enable it to 
execute its duties appropriately. The annual reports of the 
three Committees provide a statement of each Committee’s 
activities in the year with a separate report from:

•  Nomination Committee – report set out on pages 67 to 69;
•  Audit Committee – report set out on pages 70 to 75; and 
•  Remuneration Committee – report set out on pages 

76 to 93.

The Record plc Board Committees operate on written 
terms of reference, which are reviewed annually and which 
are available on the Group’s website or on request from 
the Company Secretary at the registered office address. 
The Chair of each Committee reports regularly to the Board.

The work undertaken by the Nomination, Audit and 
Remuneration Committees was reviewed by the respective 
Committee Chair to assess each Committee’s effectiveness 
during the year. The reviews concluded that the Committees 
were operating in an effective manner and no concerns were 
raised and these conclusions were reported to the Board 
accordingly.

Record Currency Management Limited – 
Operational Committees
The subsidiary Board has four Committees responsible for 
operational oversight and decision-making as follows:

Investment Committee
Role: The Board has delegated the responsibility for 
authorising changes to existing investment processes and 
for approving new investment strategies to the Investment 
Committee. 

Members: The Committee consists of the Chief Investment 
Officer, the Chief Executive Officer, the Group Chairman, 
the Head of FX Risk Management Solutions, the Director of 
Enhanced Passive and Rates and the Head of Macro Research.

Meetings: The Committee meets as necessary, responding 
both to internal developments and external events. 

Reporting: Reports on the activities of the Committee 
are presented at each formal Record plc and RCML Board 
meeting for review and comment.

Portfolio Management Group
Role: The Group is responsible for client take-on, new and 
amended products/service operational approval, business 
as usual operational activities and operational incidents, 
errors and breaches. 

Members: The Chief Operations Officer, the Head of Client 
Onboarding, the Head of FX Risk Management Solutions, the 
Head of Portfolio Implementation, the Head of Reporting, 
the Head of Front Office Risk Management and the 
Head of Trading. 

Meetings: The Group meets at least once a week and 
as necessary in response to individual or specific events 
requiring review. 

Reporting: Reports on the activities of the Group are 
presented to the RCML Board meeting for review and 
comment.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
66 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Corporate governance report continued

Corporate governance framework continued
Record Currency Management Limited – 
Operational Committees continued
HR Committee
Role: The Committee is responsible for the development 
and review of the Group Human Resources strategy, 
approach to the systems for performance management, 
staff remuneration and benefits, training and development 
and ensures rigorous and transparent employment policies, 
procedures and systems are in place and kept under review.

Members: The Chief Executive Officer, the Head of HR and 
the HR Director.

Meetings: The Committee meets at least once a month and 
as necessary in response to individual or specific events 
requiring review. 

Reporting: Reports on the activities of the Committee 
are presented to the RCML Board meeting for review and 
comment and to the Record plc Board meeting.

Senior Sustainability Office ("SSO")
Role: The SSO is responsible for delivering on Record’s 
commitment to be a sustainability leader and in ensuring 
Group efforts are strategically aligned with the principles of 
sustainability and that environmental, social and governance 
principles are embedded in Group decision-making 
processes.

Members: The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Investment 
Officer, the Head of Trading, the Head of Macro Research, 
the Head of HR and the Sustainability Coordinator.

Meetings: The Office meets at least once a month and 
as necessary in response to individual or specific events 
requiring review.

Reporting: Reports on the activities of the SSO are presented 
to the RCML Board meeting for review and comment and to 
the Record plc Board meeting. 

Internal control and risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s 
systems of internal control and the management of 
significant risks. The Board sets appropriate policies on 
internal control, which are reviewed annually. The authority 
for the operational risk management is delegated to the 
RCML Board.

The Board seeks ongoing assurance from the RCML Board, 
the Head of Business Risk, the Head of Compliance and 
senior management about the effectiveness of the internal 
controls, which include operational and compliance controls, 
risk management and the Group’s high-level internal control 
arrangements. Such a system of internal controls is designed 
to manage, rather than eliminate, risk of failure to meet 
business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material misstatements or loss.

Further information on the Group’s risk management 
framework is provided on pages 49 to 50 of the 
Strategic report.

The Record plc Board has undertaken a review of the 
effectiveness of internal controls for the year ended 
31 March 2022 and is satisfied that the internal control 
environment is appropriate (see “Internal controls and 
risk management” on page 63).

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Kevin Ayles
Company Secretary

20 June 2022

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

67

Nomination Committee report

This year the Nomination 
Committee has focused 
on succession plans for 
the Board and senior 
management and I am 
confident we are building 
a highly effective new 
team to deliver value 
to our stakeholders. 
Succession planning 
continues to be the 
top priority for the 
Committee.

Krystyna Nowak
Chair of the Nomination Committee

Role of the Committee
The role of the Nomination Committee is to 
ensure that the Board and senior management 
have the optimal talents and experience to enable 
the Company to grow, compete in its markets and 
manage risks effectively.

The Committee serves both Record plc and the 
Group’s FCA regulated entity, Record Currency 
Management Limited. 

Committee meeting attendance

Jane Tufnell 

Rosemary Hilary

Krystyna Nowak

Matt Hotson 

Tim Edwards

Neil Record 

3/3

4/4

2/2

3/3

6/6

6/6

Matt Hotson attended three meetings due to 
his appointment in July 2021.

Krystyna Nowak attended two meetings due to 
her appointment in September 2021.

Jane Tufnell stepped down in July 2021.

Rosemary Hilary stepped down in 
September 2021.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
68 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Nomination Committee report continued

I am pleased to present the Nomination Committee report for 
the year ended 31 March 2022. This will be my first report as 
Chair of the Nomination Committee since I joined the Record 
plc Board in September 2021. I would like to thank Jane Tufnell 
for her contribution during her five years as the previous 
Chair of the Committee.

Key responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the Committee are to:

•  review the structure, size and composition of the Board 
and Committees including the diversity and balance of 
skills and experience;

•  consider succession planning for Directors and other 

senior management;

•  identify and nominate for the approval of the Board 

candidates to fill Board vacancies; and

•  review annually the time commitment required of 

Non-executive Directors.

Membership of the Committee
I chair the Committee and am supported by the other 
independent Directors, Matt Hotson and Tim Edwards, and 
the Group Chairman, Neil Record.

Committee meetings
The Committee met on six occasions during the year ended 
31 March 2022 and invited the Chief Executive Officer and 
the Head of Human Resources and Company Secretary to 
join the meetings as the Committee considered appropriate. 
Committee member meeting attendance is detailed above.

The Chair of the Nomination Committee reported regularly to 
the Board on the Committee’s activities, identifying matters 
where any action was deemed to be required and making 
recommendations as considered appropriate.

Key areas of focus
Board composition
The Committee continues to focus on ensuring that the 
Board has the skills and experience to ensure the Group can 
develop strategic growth plans by diversifying its products, 
investing in technological change and developing robust 
succession plans. After Jane Tufnell and Rosemary Hilary 
stepped down during the year, the Committee reviewed 
the composition of the Record plc Board by taking into 
consideration the priorities of the business, the need for 
diversity and compliance with the Corporate Governance 
Code 2018 and two new candidates were selected, namely 
Matt Hotson and myself. During the selection process, Matt 
was immediately shortlisted due to his strong financial 
services experience, having worked for more than 25 years 
at leading FTSE 100 companies, which made him a perfect 
candidate for the position of Chair of the Audit Committee. 
Due to my background and experience in the banking sector 
and executive search, in particular focused on governance 
and Board succession planning, the Board decided that I 
would be a suitable candidate for the role of Chair of the 
Nomination Committee. 

Appointment of Tim Edwards as Senior 
Independent Director ("SID")
Following the resignation of Jane Tufnell, the Committee 
reviewed the role of Senior Independent Director ("SID") and 
decided that Tim Edwards was the most suitable candidate 
for this role. In addition, Tim has continued as the designated 
Non-executive Director for workforce engagement. 

Board diversity
The Group’s Board Inclusion and Diversity Policy was last 
reviewed by the Committee in January 2022 and was updated 
to ensure that the Board was championing inclusion and 
diversity through clear tone from the top and that it aligned 
with the many inclusion and diversity initiatives for the 
broader staff group. The Committee also acknowledged that 
future Director succession planning should embrace the 
benefits of diversity, including gender diversity, to ensure 
that any individual selected will add to the Board’s mix of 
perspective, experience, background and personal attributes. 

The Committee is satisfied that the current composition of 
the Board is appropriate and meets the gender target set in 
the Group’s Board Diversity Policy. 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

69

Nomination Committee report continued

Board gender

Board tenure
As at year end

Female
33%

Male
67%

>6 years
50%

0-6 years
50%

Performance of the Directors and the Board
Having undertaken an externally facilitated Board review 
in 2021, Record undertook an internal Board evaluation in 
March 2022 based on a self-assessment questionnaire 
considered appropriate for the size of the business and 
the environment that the Company operates in. The focus 
of the evaluation was directed to matters such as Board 
structure, information that is presented to the Board, Board 
discussions, Board Committees and Board dynamics. 

The outcomes of the Board evaluation have been discussed 
by the Committee, which in turn reported the results to the 
Board. The Non-executive Directors, led by the SID, also met 
without the Chair present to evaluate his performance during 
the year, which they considered satisfactory. 

Looking forward
The focus for the Committee continues to be succession 
planning, including for the roles of Chair and Chief Executive 
Officer. With Leslie Hill driving the delivery of the Group 
strategy over the next three years, we will be working during 
this time on CEO transition planning to ensure a smooth and 
seamless handover at the appropriate time.

Approved by the Committee and signed on its behalf by:

Krystyna Nowak
Chair of the Nomination Committee

20 June 2022

Board competency matrix
One of the main focuses of the Nomination Committee this 
year and going forward is succession planning and as a result 
a Board competency matrix has been prepared to analyse the 
competencies of the current Board members and to highlight 
any gaps in the Board’s skills and competencies. The results 
of the analysis will be used in the future when new members 
are to be identified and selected to fill the available positions 
on the Board and it will also lead to some training and 
development opportunities for Board members. The current 
Board composition is considered to be adequate and with 
appropriate skills to promote the success of the Company 
and to deliver the agreed strategy.

Tenure and effectiveness of the Chairman
The UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that the 
Chair should not remain in post beyond nine years from 
the date of appointment to the Board. The Committee is 
aware that Neil Record has been in post since Record’s IPO 
in 2007. The Committee has reviewed this tenure and has 
noted the benefits of continuity of the Board Chair during 
a period of continued transition for the business. Previous 
discussion of the issue by the Committee Chair with major 
shareholders has confirmed they remain confident with 
Neil’s ongoing tenure.

The Committee has concluded that Neil’s extensive 
experience in the currency industry as well as his leadership 
and challenge to the Board during this time of business 
transition supports the decision to retain him as Chair for 
the foreseeable future. The Committee Chair conducted a 
review of the Board Chair with all Board members in 2021. 
The review concluded that Neil had made a very positive 
contribution in the period and he continues to provide 
valuable support to both the business and Leslie Hill as 
Chief Executive Officer. 

The tenure of the Chair will continue to be reviewed by 
the Committee on an annual basis and the succession 
plan for the Chair of the Company will be prepared for 
the Committee's consideration.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
70 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Audit Committee report

I am pleased to confirm 
the Committee has 
continued to be central 
to the oversight of 
the Group’s financial 
reporting, control and 
assurance processes 
and internal and 
external audit.

Matt Hotson
Chair of the Audit Committee

Role of the Committee
The role of the Audit Committee is to encourage 
and safeguard a high standard of integrity in 
financial reporting having regard to laws and 
regulations applicable to the Group and the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The Committee serves both Record plc and the 
Group’s FCA regulated entity, Record Currency 
Management Limited (“RCML”). 

Committee meeting attendance

Rosemary Hilary

Jane Tufnell 

Tim Edwards

Matt Hotson 

Krystyna Nowak

3/3

3/3

6/6

3/3

3/3

Matt Hotson attended three meetings due to his 
appointment in July 2021.

Krystyna Nowak attended three meetings due to 
her appointment in September 2021.

Jane Tufnell stepped down in July 2021.

Rosemary Hilary stepped down in 
September 2021.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

71

Audit Committee report

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee report for the 
year ended 31 March 2022 (“FY-22”). This will be my first 
report as Chair of the Audit Committee since I joined the 
Record plc Board in July 2021. I would like to thank Rosemary 
Hilary for her contribution during her five years as the 
previous Chair of the Committee.

Committee duties
At the beginning of the 2022 financial year the Record 
Group decided to review and dedicate more time to the 
risk management framework and risk culture in the 
business and it was decided that risk management should 
be reported to and discussed at Board meetings, allowing 
the Audit Committee to focus on the audit agenda. The 
Head of Business Risk, a new role created in April 2021, led 
the review and successfully implemented changes to the 
risk management framework. It is now a well-established 
system where the Record plc Board dedicates sufficient time 
to discussing risk at the Group level and the RCML Board is 
responsible for overseeing risk on the operational level.

Under its terms of reference, the Committee is tasked with 
the following:

Financial internal controls and operational conflicts of 
interest:

External audit:

•  making recommendations relating to the appointment, 

re-appointment and removal of the external auditor and 
overseeing any tender of external audit services;

•  approving the remuneration and terms of engagement 

of the external auditor;

•  reviewing and monitoring the independence and 
objectivity of the external auditor, and reviewing 
the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into 
consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory 
requirements; and

•  overseeing the provision of any non-audit services by 

the external auditor.

Internal audit:

•  reviewing and approving the role, mandate and annual 

internal audit plan of the internal audit function, ensuring 
that the function has the necessary resources and access 
to information to enable it to fulfil its mandate;

•  monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s 

internal audit function; and

•  reviewing and monitoring management’s responsiveness 
to the internal auditor’s findings and recommendations.

•  monitoring and reviewing the Group’s internal financial 

Financial reporting:

controls;

•  review of the Group’s annual statement on its systems 

of internal financial controls prior to endorsement by the 
Board.

Whistleblowing and fraud:

•  overseeing whistleblowing arrangements by which 

staff may raise concerns about possible improprieties in 
financial reporting or other matters; and

•  reviewing the Group’s procedures for detecting fraud 
and investigating and handling allegations from 
whistleblowers and ensuring that arrangements are 
in place by which Group employees may in confidence 
raise concerns about possible improprieties in financial 
reporting and financial controls.

•  monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial 

statements, including the review of this Annual Report and 
any other formal announcements relating to the Group’s 
performance;

•  reviewing any significant financial reporting judgements;
•  reviewing the assumptions and any qualifications made 
in support of the going concern statement and the 
longer-term viability statement; and

•  reviewing the application and consistency of accounting 

policies and accounting standards.

The full terms of reference of the Committee were 
last updated and approved by the Board in April 2022. 
They comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
(the “Code”) and are available on the Group’s website or 
from the Company Secretary at the registered office address.

The Chair of the Committee provides regular reports to 
the Board detailing how the Committee has discharged its 
responsibilities as set out in its terms of reference.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
72 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Audit Committee report continued

Membership of the Committee
Rosemary Hilary chaired the Committee until July 2021 
when she stepped down and I was appointed successor. 
I am supported by the other independent Directors: 
Krystyna Nowak and Tim Edwards.

Committee evaluation
An internal review of Committee effectiveness was overseen 
as part of the Board evaluation process in March 2022. 
The conclusion was that the Committee was effective in 
carrying out its duties.

Committee activities
The Committee has discharged its responsibilities under 
its terms of reference for the period under review by the 
following actions:

•  reviewing the form, content and integrity of financial 
information prior to release, including the Annual and 
Interim Reports;

•  reviewing the content of each of the Interim Management 

Statements for subsequent Board approval;

•  reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s 
internal controls and risk management systems (before 
the delegated authority for risk was transferred);
•  considering the Pillar 3 disclosures prior to their 
recommendation for acceptance by the Board;
•  receiving and reviewing internal audit updates and 

reports;

•  evaluating the performance and independence of the 

internal auditor during the engagement period;
•  reviewing the independence of the Group’s external 

auditor and the nature of non-audit services supplied by 
the auditor;

•  reviewing the external auditor’s audit strategy for the 

interim review and the final audit;

•  assessing the external auditor’s concluding report for the 
interim review and the year-end financial statements;
•  evaluating the performance of the external auditor over 

the period;

•  reviewing regular reports by the Head of Compliance and 
the Head of Business Risk detailing internal compliance 
and risk management activities and issues (before the 
delegated authority for risk was transferred); and
•  examining departmental KPI and KRI data to ensure 

financial risks are identified and appropriately addressed 
by management.

The Board considered that I was the most appropriate 
independent Director for the role of Audit Committee Chair 
due to my financial services experience gained through 
the role of CFO in various listed companies and this view 
is supported by the other members of the Committee. 
The Board is satisfied that by virtue of their experience 
gained in other organisations, the Committee members 
collectively have competence relevant to the sector in 
which the Group operates. The biographical details of the 
Committee members are set out on pages 58 and 59.

The composition of the Committee complies with the Code 
provision for smaller companies requiring at least two 
independent Non-executive Directors throughout the year.

Committee meetings
The Committee met six times during the year ended 
31 March 2022, being four quarterly meetings and two 
meetings ahead of results announcements. The meetings 
were also attended by the Chief Executive Officer, the Head 
of Compliance, the Head of Business Risk, the Chief Financial 
Officer and the Chief Operating Officer.

Representatives from BDO attended four meetings as the 
incumbent external auditor and the Deloitte internal auditor 
partner attended all six meetings. Minutes of the meetings 
were documented by the Company Secretary and retained 
on file.

Committee member meeting attendance for the year ended 
31 March 2022 is detailed on page 70.

The Committee also separately met the Group’s external 
auditor on one occasion and the internal auditor on one 
occasion, providing an opportunity for them, privately and 
in confidence, to raise matters of concern. 

The Chair of the Committee reported regularly to the Board 
on the Committee’s activities, identifying any matters on 
which the Committee considered that action was required, 
and made recommendations on the steps to be taken.

Committee Chair meetings
During the year the Chair of the Committee has had 
separate discussions with the key people involved in the 
Company’s governance, including the Board Chairman, the 
Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Head 
of Compliance, the Head of Business Risk, the Company 
Secretary and also the external audit partner and the internal 
audit partner to obtain updates and insights into business 
activities.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

73

Audit Committee report continued

Key areas of focus
Risk management changes and risk appetite review
During the year the Board and the Committee approved 
the new Business Risk Framework and undertook a 
comprehensive review of risk registers and appetites across 
the Group. This included the implementation of a new risk 
management system, a review of the risk evaluation process 
and all risk appetites. The ICARA risk capital review was also 
conducted and approved. The governance change, for risk 
to be discussed at Board meetings alongside strategy and 
operational matters, was implemented. 

Review of the regulatory landscape
Briefings on regulatory developments were provided to 
the Committee at each meeting by Deloitte as internal 
auditor and by the Head of Compliance. Topics included IFPR, 
FCA policy and discussion statements, FRC guidance and 
regulatory changes in other jurisdictions relevant to Record. 

Technology and systems 
Before the delegated authority for internal controls and 
risk management was transferred from the Audit and Risk 
Committee to the main Board of the Group, the Committee 
considered and received regular updates from the Chief 
Technology Officer and the Head of Strategic Initiatives 
who also attended meetings to respond to the Committee’s 
questions related to the changes to technology and 
infrastructure, the digital platform development, the 
timelines and budget connected with the project and the risks 
associated with it. The Committee has received reassurance 
that there is appropriate management involvement and 
oversight of the IT projects being undertaken. The Committee 
has been satisfied that business and technology risks are 
being considered and monitored and that controls are in 
place as necessary. 

Third-party assurance services
RSM UK Risk Assurance Services LLP (“RSM”) was appointed 
in January 2020 to conduct the Reporting Accountant and 
Independent Service Auditor (ISAE 3402/AT-C 320) reports on 
internal controls on an annual basis. Their report for 2022 is 
scheduled to be completed on 30 June 2022.

Conflicts of interest
During the year the Committee and the Board undertook 
a comprehensive review of the Conflict Management 
Framework together with the Conflicts of Interest Policy, the 
Gifts and Entertainment Policy and the Conflicts of Interest 
Register and relationships log. Both the Audit Committee 
and the Board confirmed they were comfortable with the 
conflicts of interest structures and controls in place. 

Financial reporting
The Committee has thoroughly reviewed the half-year and 
annual results and the Annual Report, before recommending 
them to the Board for approval. 

During the year, the Committee also considered the 
significant financial and regulatory reporting issues and 
judgements made in connection with the financial statements 
and the appropriateness of accounting policies. In particular, 
the Committee considered management reports providing 
assessments of the internal controls environment, future 
cash flows, going concern and ongoing viability. 

The Committee was satisfied that all judgements made by 
management which affect financial reporting, have been 
made in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies and 
made a recommendation to the Board that it was appropriate 
for the Group to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing the half-year and annual financial statements 
for the year ended 31 March 2022.

The Committee further considered reports from the 
external auditor, in particular its independent assessment 
of financial reporting and key controls, the audit opinion on 
the Annual Report and the independent review report on the 
half-year results.

The Committee is satisfied that the financial reporting control 
framework operated effectively after considering reports 
from both management and the external auditor.

The Committee has reviewed the narrative statements in 
the Annual Report to ensure they are fair, balanced and 
understandable and consistent with the reported results, and 
also reviewed the auditor’s findings report which identified 
no significant issues.

The Committee was satisfied with the content of the 
Annual Report, confirmed there were no significant issues 
or concerns to be addressed and recommended that it be 
approved by the Board.

Internal controls and risk management
Prior to the responsibility for risk management transferring 
to the Board, the Committee was providing oversight and 
independent challenge to the internal controls and risk 
management systems of the Group.

In July 2021 the Committee undertook a detailed review of 
the Group’s Pillar 3 disclosures which had been prepared 
in accordance with the Capital Requirements Directive. 
The Committee members agreed they were satisfied with 
the disclosures made in the document and recommended 
the Pillar 3 disclosures for the Board’s approval. 

The Committee has reviewed and evaluated the system of 
internal controls and risk management operated within the 
Group, and is satisfied that the internal control environment 
is appropriate. More information on the Group’s risk 
management framework is given in the Strategic report on 
pages 49 and 50.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
74 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Audit Committee report continued

Internal audit 
The internal audit function undertakes a programme of 
reviews as approved by the Committee, reporting the 
results together with its advice and recommendations to 
the Committee. The function is provided by Deloitte LLP 
(“Deloitte”) under an outsourcing contract which commenced 
in May 2010. The objectives and responsibilities of internal 
audit are set out in a charter reviewed and approved on an 
annual basis. The charter was last reviewed and approved by 
the Committee in June 2022. Deloitte reports directly to the 
Committee and the relationship is subject to periodic review.

Russell Davis was appointed as the Deloitte internal audit 
partner, succeeding Terri Fielding, who had been the previous 
partner for seven years.

The Committee and the internal auditor have developed a 
planning process to ensure that the audit work performed 
focuses on significant risks. The plans include deep-dive 
thematic and risk-based audits and also high level in-flight 
reviews of specific projects as agreed by the Committee, 
Deloitte and management. Each review is scoped at the 
start of the audit to ensure an appropriate focus reflecting 
business activities, the market environment and regulatory 
matters. The plans are periodically reviewed to ensure they 
are adapted as necessary to capture changes in the Group’s 
risk profile.

The Committee has received regular reports on the 
programme of reviews and internal audit findings at each of 
its meetings during the course of the year. The Committee 
has reviewed the findings and recommendations made by 
the internal auditor and has aimed to ensure that any issues 
arising are suitably addressed by management in an effective 
and timely manner.

The Committee has reviewed Deloitte’s work and discussed 
the delivery of internal audit with management and is 
satisfied with the internal audit work conducted and 
the coverage and standard of the reports produced. The 
Committee has monitored whether sufficient and appropriate 
resources are dedicated to the internal audit function and 
this has been reported to and noted by the Board.

External audit
A tender process was last conducted in 2020, when BDO 
was approved by shareholders at the AGM as the Company’s 
external auditor. Orla Reilly, who had previously worked 
on the external audit, was appointed as statutory auditor 
in January 2022, succeeding Neil Fung-On. BDO’s fees 
and the terms of the audit engagement letter for the year 
ended 31 March 2022 were approved by the Committee in 
January 2022.

The Committee has reviewed reports from the external 
auditor on the audit plan (including the proposed materiality 
level for the performance of the annual audit), the status of 
its audit work and issues arising. The Committee discussed 
the findings with the auditor and was satisfied with the 
conclusion reached by the auditor that there was no evidence 
of material misstatements. The Committee has confirmed 
that no material items remained unadjusted in the financial 
statements.

An assessment of the quality and effectiveness of BDO as 
the Group's external auditor was considered by way of a 
review completed by the Committee with the assistance of 
senior members of the Finance team and with reference to 
the FRC’s practice aid on assessing audit quality, published in 
December 2019. The Committee evaluated the judgements; 
mindset and culture; skills, character and knowledge; and 
quality control demonstrated by BDO throughout the audit 
process and concluded that BDO had provided a quality 
external audit service which was appropriate for the Group 
given its size and structure.

External auditor independence
Policy on provision of non-audit services by the 
external auditor
During the year the Committee operated a policy covering 
the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor to 
ensure that the ongoing independence and objectivity of the 
external auditor was not compromised. The policy adheres 
to the Financial Reporting Council’s revised Ethical Standard 
issued in December 2019. Under the Ethical Standard the 
aggregate of fees for all non-audit services, excluding 
audit-related assurance services required under regulation, 
may not exceed 70% of the average of the audit fees for the 
preceding three-year period. The Committee considers it 
best practice to adhere to the fee cap on an annual basis and 
monitors fees accordingly.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

75

Audit Committee report continued

Non-audit services undertaken by the external auditor
The following permitted non-audit services, pre-approved by 
the Committee and within a pre-determined cost limit, have 
been undertaken by BDO in the year under review:

•  independent auditor report to the FCA on compliance 

with client asset rules; and

•  the interim review work performed on the half-year 

accounts.

Details of the total fees paid to BDO are set out in note 5 
to the accounts. Non-audit fees, excluding audit-related 
assurance services required under law or regulation, were 
equivalent to 7% (2021: 8%) of audit fees and were therefore 
within the permitted cap of 70%.

Assessment of external auditor independence
The Committee was satisfied that the quantity and nature 
of non-audit work undertaken during the year did not impair 
BDO’s independence or objectivity and that its appointment 
for these assignments was in the best interests of the Group 
and its shareholders.

The Committee is satisfied that the external auditor has 
maintained its independence and objectivity over the period 
of its engagement.

Approved by the Committee and signed on its behalf by:

Matt Hotson
Chair of the Audit Committee

20 June 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
76 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Remuneration report

Our remuneration 
policy is designed to 
align the interests of 
our employees and 
executives with those 
of our key stakeholders, 
including our clients, 
shareholders and 
regulators.

Tim Edwards
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Role of the Committee
The role of the Remuneration Committee is to 
review and approve the remuneration strategies 
of the Group, encompassing the Chair, the 
Executive Directors, and the staff as a whole. 
The Remuneration Committee also reviews and 
advises on the remuneration policy and ensures 
that it complies with regulatory requirements and 
it promotes good conduct consistent with sound 
and effective risk management, and is properly 
disclosed to stakeholders.

Committee meeting attendance

Tim Edwards

Matt Hotson 

Krystyna Nowak

Rosemary Hilary

Jane Tufnell 

7/7

4/4

4/4

3/3

3/3

Matt Hotson attended four meetings due to his 
appointment in July 2021.

Krystyna Nowak attended four meetings due to 
her appointment in September 2021.

Jane Tufnell stepped down in July 2021.

Rosemary Hilary stepped down in September 2021.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

77

Remuneration report

Chair of the Remuneration Committee’s 
statement
Introduction
I am pleased to present our Remuneration report for the 
year ended 31 March 2022. The Remuneration Committee 
is proposing a new Remuneration Policy in the year ended 
31 March 2023 for the next three years and our report is split 
into three sections:

•  our new Remuneration Policy;
•  the annual report on remuneration for 2021-22; and 
•  the role and activity of the Remuneration Committee.

New Remuneration Policy
Remuneration principles
Our approach to remuneration is driven by long-term 
thinking to promote the sustainable growth of the Group. 
Identifying, developing and appropriately compensating our 
high performers, at all levels of the business, is critical to 
long-term business success and is aligned to both clients' 
and shareholders’ interests.

Our key remuneration principles are:

•  a consistent remuneration structure for all employees, not 
just Directors, which is transparent and straightforward;

•  our employees should be rewarded and incentivised to 

deliver profitable business growth;

•  remuneration should comprise i) fixed salary, pension and 
benefits; ii) variable remuneration based on individual and 
Company performance; and iii) longer-term incentives 
based primarily on Company performance; and
•  Executive Directors’ remuneration should include a 

deferred element, which is satisfied by paying it in the 
form of equity.

Priorities for the new Remuneration Policy for 2022
A new Remuneration Policy is being put forward to our 
shareholders for approval at our AGM in July 2022. In setting 
this policy, the priorities for the Remuneration Committee 
have been to ensure that remuneration structures and 
performance measures:

•  motivate and retain our CEO to deliver our three-year 

strategy;

•  create a remuneration structure that aligns with and 

supports our succession plans;

•  use robust performance metrics to ensure payment for 

success; and

•  align the interests of our Executive Directors with those 

of our shareholders.

Proposed changes to our Remuneration Policy
Background: total remuneration spend
The Group is in a three-year transitional phase where 
the current senior managers prepare to hand over to the 
next generation under our succession plans. Over the 
medium term, the Board has set a target ratio of total 
remuneration costs to be up to 50% of revenue. This includes 
all remuneration costs for Directors and staff. In total, the 
Executive Directors' and Staff Bonus Schemes will be capped 
at 35% of operating profit pre-bonuses.

CEO remuneration structure
To deliver the Group's three-year strategy, the Board 
believes that it is imperative that our current CEO, Leslie 
Hill, continues to drive this strategy. Our new Remuneration 
Policy for our CEO has therefore been designed to ensure that 
she is motivated and incentivised to deliver this three-year 
strategy whilst acknowledging that she is a significant 
shareholder and therefore fully aligned with shareholders 
over the longer term. Leslie will receive a salary and 
participate in the Executive Directors' Bonus Scheme.

The proposed CEO remuneration structure is unique to 
Leslie and, as we work on CEO transition planning, has 
been designed to ensure a smooth and seamless handover 
at the appropriate time. It is envisaged that when her 
successor is appointed, the CEO remuneration package 
will be re-considered so as to maintain alignment with the 
long-term strategy of the business.

Executive Directors' Bonus Scheme
In determining annual bonus outcomes, the focus is on paying 
for performance. There is a balance between a formulaic 
and discretionary approach to assessing performance and 
determining bonus awards. The CEO and CFO will participate 
in the Executive Directors' Bonus Scheme. The Committee will 
ensure that the measures and targets used to determine the 
variable elements of the Executive Directors' remuneration 
are aligned with the strategic three-year plan and key 
performance indicators. 75% of any Executive Director bonus 
will directly relate to the delivery of annual profits and 
25% will relate to strategic objectives, focused particularly 
on progress in product diversification, technology and 
succession planning – and appropriate metrics will apply to 
each of these components. 

Executive Directors are required to take one-third of their 
bonus payment in shares, subject to lock-up conditions of one 
to three years. In addition, they are offered the opportunity 
for up to a further third of their bonus payment to be paid in 
shares. The remaining amount can be taken in cash.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
78 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Remuneration report continued

Chair of the Remuneration Committee’s 
statement continued
Proposed changes to our Remuneration Policy continued
LTIP
A new performance share plan will be introduced to align, 
incentivise and retain Executive Directors and senior 
managers over the long term. LTIP awards will be granted up 
to 150% of base salary, with the vesting of awards subject 
to the satisfaction of three-year targets and continued 
employment. Any vested shares must be held for a two-year 
post-vesting holding period. Performance measures will 
comprise an EPS condition (as to two-thirds of the award) 
and a TSR condition (as to one-third of the award) with 
performance measured relative to a benchmark. The CFO, 
Steve Cullen, and the Record Currency Management Limited 
subsidiary Board members will initially participate in the 
LTIP. This replaces the previous share option scheme for the 
Executive Directors, although the scheme can still be used 
to award options to staff. 

JSOP and Share Scheme
Alongside the LTIP, we will maintain the Joint Share 
Ownership Plan ("JSOP") and Share Scheme to accelerate 
the acquisition of shares for the next generation of 
management as part of our succession plans.

Staff Bonus Scheme
Staff bonus awards relate to performance during the period 
against objectives, measured by the line manager and 
approved by the HR Committee, with those identified as 
Material Risk Takers ("MRTs") bonus payments being subject 
to Remuneration Committee review.

Group performance for 2021-22
The year to 31 March 2022 has seen revenues increase by 
38% compared with last year, an increase in operating profit 
of 76% and our AUME reached $83.1 billion. Our Group Profit 
Share Scheme pool was 34% of pre-GPS underlying operating 
profit, which represented £5.7 million, directly linking the 
Company’s financial performance to the size of the variable 
remuneration pool. The payments made under the Group 
Profit Share Scheme increased by 78% compared to the 
previous period.

Executive Directors were awarded profit share units 
under the Group Profit Share Scheme by the Remuneration 
Committee based on their individual level of performance 
measured against their objectives. Some discretion was 
exercised by the Committee in the allocation of these profit 
share units. Details can be found within the annual report 
on remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee also received input from the 
Head of Compliance, who reports any legal or compliance 
issues that relate to Executive Directors who are due to 
receive awards under the Scheme. Payments were made in 
accordance with the Group Profit Share Scheme rules and 
were approved by the Committee.

No option awards were made to Executive Directors during 
the year and details of previous awards can be found on page 
87. No options vested for Executive Directors during the year 
as the performance conditions had not been met. Details can 
be found on page 79.

Executive Director remuneration outcomes 2021-22
To reflect Leslie Hill’s leadership and critical value in 
delivering the change in strategy and succession, and 
consistent with the inflationary increase in remuneration 
for staff generally, her salary was increased to £682,500 
from 1 April 2022. Leslie’s variable remuneration was based 
on her performance against agreed objectives and this is 
detailed on page 86.

To reflect the increasing breadth of Steve Cullen’s role with 
the expansion of the Record Group, his salary was increased 
to £150,147 from 1 April 2022. Steve’s variable remuneration 
was based on his performance against agreed objectives and 
this is detailed on page 87.

Alignment with shareholders
As at 31 March 2022, 37% of the Company’s shares were 
held by the Chairman and the Directors, and each of the 
current Executive Directors has a shareholding significantly 
greater than 150% of their base salary. In addition, 61% of the 
Company’s employees are shareholders. 

Engaging with employees 
The Remuneration Committee takes an active involvement 
in remuneration for the whole Company. Record staff 
participate in both the current Group Profit Share Scheme and 
the Share Option Scheme and the Remuneration Committee 
reviews all GPS and option awards. A significant proportion of 
our colleagues are shareholders, so are able to express their 
views in the same way as other shareholders.

When determining Executive Director remuneration 
arrangements, the Remuneration Committee takes into 
account pay conditions throughout the Group to ensure 
that the structure and quantum of Executive Directors’ pay 
remains appropriate in the circumstances. 

In my role as Employee Engagement Director, leading our 
workforce engagement initiatives, I have been working 
closely with Kevin Ayles, Head of HR and Company Secretary. 
We have been able to seek the views of the wider workforce 
on a range of topics including strategy, remuneration and 
working arrangements, through our employee engagement 
survey, meetings and conversations with staff.

Shareholder consultation
It remains our policy to discuss any substantive proposed 
changes to the Group’s remuneration structures with key 
external shareholders in advance of any implementation. 
The Remuneration Committee takes into account shareholder 
views received in relation to resolutions to be considered at 
the AGM each year, and values shareholder feedback when 
forming remuneration policy.

Tim Edwards
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

20 June 2022

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

79

Remuneration report continued

Remuneration Policy to be proposed to shareholders at the AGM
The Directors' Remuneration Policy, modified as described in the Remuneration Committee Chairman’s statement and set out 
in full below, is proposed by the Remuneration Committee and the Board. Shareholders will be asked to approve the new Policy 
at the 2022 AGM on 29 July 2022. This Policy will take effect for Directors from the date of its approval and is expected to be 
applied for the next three years. The Company’s previous Remuneration Policy will continue to apply awards and entitlements 
granted under it.

In summary, the key proposed policy changes are to introduce an LTIP, the separation of the Executive Directors' Bonus Scheme 
and the Staff Bonus Scheme and to target a ratio of total remuneration costs to revenue. These changes are designed to 
motivate and retain our CEO to deliver our three-year strategy and to create a remuneration structure that aligns with and 
supports our succession plans. 

Summary remuneration structure
The table below illustrates the remuneration structures that we have in place for Executive Directors. 

Salary

Cash

Pension and  
benefits

Cash

Executive Directors

Cash

Bonus Scheme

Shares

1/3 shares 
released from 
lock up

1/3 shares 
released from 
lock up

1/3 shares  
released from 
lock up

LTIP

EPS and TSR performance conditions

Vesting

Held until year 5

Year 0

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Note: Executive Directors are required to take one-third of their bonus payment in shares, which are locked up and released over three years. Executive Directors can elect to 
take a further third of their bonus payment in shares, and these have no lock up.

Total remuneration spend
Over the medium term, the Board has set a target ratio of 
total remuneration costs to be up to 50% of revenue. This 
includes all remuneration costs for Directors and for staff.

Executive Directors can participate in the Executive Director 
Bonus Scheme and the LTIP. Staff remuneration schemes 
have also been included in the Remuneration Policy, to 
provide shareholders with full transparency of remuneration 
and the alignment with future succession planning. 

Executive Director fixed remuneration
Executive Directors receive a basic salary, pension and 
certain standard benefits such as private medical insurance, 
life assurance and permanent health insurance.

Executive Directors' Bonus Scheme
The Executive Directors' Bonus Scheme is our annual 
short-term variable remuneration structure and both the 
CEO and CFO participate in the Scheme. The Remuneration 
Committee will ensure that the measures and targets 
used to determine the variable elements of the Executive 
Directors' bonus are aligned with the strategic three-year 
plan and key performance indicators. The purpose is to 
ensure that there is a transparent link between our business 
strategy and the Executive Directors’ contribution in 
delivering it, that the assessment of individual performance 
is clear, and that variable remuneration rewards high levels 
of Company performance. 

The Executive Directors' bonus pool will be determined as 
follows:

•  Financial (75%) The Committee will consider the firm’s 
financial performance and, specifically, delivery of 
operating profit against targets for the year.

•  Non-financial (25%) The Committee will assess strategic 
progress made during the year and will focus specifically 
on progress in product diversification, technology and 
succession planning. These are all fundamental to the 
Group’s long-term success. Performance of each Executive 
Director against agreed objectives will also be considered.

The Remuneration Committee determines the bonus pool 
size, which together with the Staff Bonus Scheme will not 
exceed 35% of profits. The Scheme is discretionary and there 
is no contractual right to receive a bonus.

Bonus payments are made in cash and in shares. To ensure 
that the interests of management and shareholders are 
aligned, Executive Directors are required to take a proportion 
(initially one-third) in shares, subject to a three-year "lock-up" 
period. These shares are released from lock up in three equal 
tranches on the first, second and third anniversary of the 
bonus payment date. Additionally, Executive Directors are 
offered the opportunity to elect for up to a further one-third 
of their bonus to be paid in shares, which has no lock up. 
The remaining one-third is paid in cash.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
80 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Remuneration report continued

Remuneration Policy to be proposed to shareholders at the AGM continued
LTIP
It is of great importance for the long-term success of the business that the Group retains and motivates its current and future 
key employees, and that they are incentivised over the longer term in a manner that aligns their interests with those of the 
shareholders. The new LTIP will be implemented to align senior management remuneration with the Company’s long-term 
business success and it is envisaged that the CFO, Steve Cullen, and the Record Currency Management Limited subsidiary Board 
members will initially participate in the LTIP, with the exception of Leslie Hill for reasons explained above.

Initial awards under the LTIP will be subject to the performance conditions set out below and measured over a three-year 
performance period. Annual awards under the LTIP can be made up to a maximum of 150% of base salary. Any shares received 
after vesting will be subject to a two-year holding period commencing on the date of vesting. The Remuneration Committee 
will determine the applicable performance conditions for each annual award and set challenging criteria that are consistent 
with the Group’s strategy. Vesting of LTIP awards to be granted to Executive Directors will be determined as follows:

•  EPS (2/3 of award) Basic earnings per share is a firm-wide key performance indicator, which supports long-term financial 

sustainability. The Group aims to grow earnings per share consistently and the Remuneration Committee will set a 
three-year cumulative EPS threshold target of 15 pence, which would result in the LTIP awards vesting at 25%, rising on a 
straight-line basis to 100% vesting for a three-year cumulative EPS of 18 pence at the end of the performance period.

•  TSR (1/3 of award) Relative TSR using a benchmark of the FTSE Small Cap index with vesting based on the outperformance 
of the index. The threshold target for the TSR portion of the award will be a TSR outcome in the 25th percentile of the index 
at which 25% of the TSR portion of the award would vest, rising on a straight-line basis to 100% vesting of the TSR portion 
of the award at a TSR outcome in the 75th percentile of the index.

Following the end of the performance period, the Remuneration Committee will determine the extent to which the 
performance conditions have been met and the proportion of awards that will vest. The Remuneration Committee will have 
discretion to adjust the vesting level where it determines appropriate. 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy table
The following table summarises the key features of each element of the Policy, their purpose and link to strategy, subject to 
approval at the AGM in July. 

Element, purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Base salary
Fixed remuneration that reflects  
the role, responsibilities, 
experience and knowledge of 
the individual.

The Remuneration Committee reviews salaries 
for Executive Directors on an annual basis.

Any review will take into account market rates, 
business performance and individual contribution.

There is no prescribed maximum salary. 
However, increases are normally expected to be 
in line with the typical level of increase awarded 
across the Group.

Performance metrics

Not applicable, though individual 
performance will be considered 
when reviewing base salary levels.

Benefits
To provide a benefits package 
that provides for the wellbeing 
of our colleagues.

Benefits include, but are not limited to, private 
medical insurance, dental insurance, permanent 
health insurance, life assurance and annual holiday.

Not applicable

Executive Directors receive benefits on the same 
basis as all other employees, at the prevailing rates.

Pension
To provide an appropriate 
retirement income, to aid 
attraction and retention of 
high-calibre executives.

Not applicable

Executive Directors receive an employer pension 
contribution of 11% of salary which can be paid into 
the Group Personal Pension Scheme or delivered as 
a cash allowance.

The pension contribution for Executive Directors is 
fully in line with pension contributions paid to all 
staff (which also comprise an employer pension 
contribution of 11% of salary). 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

81

Remuneration report continued

Element, purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Bonus Scheme
To motivate Executive Directors 
to achieve sustainable financial 
performance and strategic 
objectives aligned with the 
Group strategy.

Long Term Incentive Plan 
("LTIP")
A performance share plan 
to incentivise delivery of 
long-term performance and 
strategy delivery, aligning 
interests with shareholders.

Bonus payments are based on performance 
measured over the financial year.

Executive Directors are required to take one-third 
of their bonus payment in shares subject to lock-up 
conditions of one to three years and in addition are 
offered the opportunity for up to a further third 
of the bonus to be paid in shares. The remaining 
amount is paid in cash.

Up to 35% of operating profits (pre-bonus) are 
allocated in total to the Executive Director Bonus 
Scheme and the Staff Bonus Scheme. 

Malus and clawback provisions apply to all awards. 
Further details are set out below.

Awards under the LTIP may be granted as nil or 
nominal cost options, market value options or 
conditional share awards. 

The maximum opportunity for Executive Directors 
is an award of up to 150% of base salary.

Any awards will be delivered in Company shares. 
Awards vest at the end of a three-year performance 
period, after which any shares must be held for a 
two-year post-vesting holding period.

Malus and clawback provisions apply to all awards. 
Further details are set out below.

The Committee has discretion in the treatment 
of leavers as set out below and in respect of the 
assessment of performance and vesting levels 
(including to amend performance conditions and 
measures).

Performance metrics

Bonus will be based on the 
achievement of Group financial 
operating profit targets (75%) and 
delivery of strategic objectives 
(25%).

Individual awards are based on role, 
responsibilities and delivery and 
determined by the Remuneration 
Committee.

Vesting is based two-thirds on EPS 
growth and one-third on relative 
TSR compared with the FTSE Small 
Cap index. 

The Remuneration Committee has 
discretion to set other performance 
conditions for the future operation 
of the LTIP. 

Share Incentive Plan
A share saving plan to 
encourage long-term equity 
ownership.

The Group has an approved, Share Incentive Plan 
(“SIP”). All staff are able to buy shares from pre-tax 
salary up to an HMRC-approved limit (£1,800 for 
the financial year ended 31 March 2022), which is 
matched at a rate of 50%.

Not applicable

Notes to the Remuneration Policy table 
Staff remuneration schemes
In addition to a basic salary, pension and certain standard benefits such as private medical insurance, life assurance and 
permanent health insurance, there are a number of share schemes in which staff can participate. These schemes have been 
implemented to encourage employee share ownership as a means of incentivising, rewarding and aligning employee interests 
with those of shareholders. The relevant schemes are summarised below and, for the avoidance of doubt, do not form part of 
the Directors’ Remuneration Policy:

Staff Bonus Scheme
Individual bonus awards relate to performance during the year and are measured against objectives, assessed by the line 
manager and approved by the HR Committee. Bonuses awarded to individuals identified as Material Risk Takers ("MRTs") 
are subject to Remuneration Committee review.

The actual size of the staff bonus pool will be determined by the accumulation of individual performance and the Remuneration 
Committee will approve the pool size, within the cap of 35% of operating profits for both the Executive Director and Staff 
Bonus Schemes. 

Bonus payments are made in cash and in shares. Senior Managers and MRTs are required to take a proportion (initially 
one-third) in shares, subject to a three-year "lock-up" period. These shares are released from lock up in three equal tranches 
on the first, second and third anniversary of the payment date. Additionally, Senior Managers and MRTs are offered the 
opportunity to elect for up to a further one-third of their bonus to be paid in shares, which has no lock up. The remaining 
one-third is paid in cash.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
82 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Remuneration report continued

Remuneration Policy to be proposed to 
shareholders at the AGM continued
Notes to the Remuneration Policy table continued
Staff Remuneration Schemes continued
Joint Share Option Plan ("JSOP")
The JSOP is designed for key staff to accelerate their 
acquisition of shares in the Company to further align their 
interests with those of shareholders. The JSOP requires a 
financial commitment from individual participants, thereby 
further aligning the individual’s contribution and retention 
with business performance. Executive Directors do not 
participate in the JSOP.

Purchased shares are jointly held by the EBT and the 
employee under the JSOP. The vesting hurdle is set at market 
value of the shares subject to the JSOP on grant and the 
participants own any value above the hurdle. JSOP awards 
vest over a four-year period, one quarter each year, and any 
share appreciation is settled in shares which are then subject 
to a two-year holding period.

Share Scheme
The Share Scheme has been designed to award share options 
to high potential senior managers and staff. Executive 
Directors do not participate in the Share Scheme. HMRC 
tax-qualified options (“Approved Options”) as well as 
non-tax-qualified options (“Unapproved Options”) can be 
granted. In total, the value of options granted under the 
Share Scheme is limited to 2% per annum of the market 
capitalisation of Record plc (being approximately 4 million 
shares).

Each participant may be granted Approved Options over 
shares with a total market value of up to £30,000 on the date 
of grant. There is no such limit on the value of Unapproved 
Options, which may be granted with any exercise price 
(including nil). Approved Options become exercisable on 
the fourth anniversary of grant, subject to the participant’s 
continued employment with the Group and, should they have 
been set, any other performance conditions being met. One 
quarter of any Unapproved Option becomes exercisable each 
year for four years, subject to the participant’s continued 
employment and, should they have been set, any other 
performance conditions being met.

The Remuneration Committee retains the power to grant 
options under the Share Scheme, although it can and has 
delegated to management the task of identifying suitable 
recipients of options and the number of shares subject to 
options for those employees below Board level.

Commission Scheme
The Company’s Commission Scheme rewards and 
incentivises staff to grow the business. Executive Directors 
do not participate in the Scheme, however all other staff 
are eligible to participate. Any participant is required to 
meet their individual performance objectives to be eligible 
for a payment. There is a robust process in place to ensure 
that the Commission Scheme does not create a conflict of 
interest in relation to clients. All payments will be reviewed 
by the Remuneration Committee after input from the Head 
of Compliance.

Remuneration Policy table for the Chairman and the Non-executive Directors
The table below sets out the Remuneration Policy for the Chairman and the Non-executive Directors. 

Element, purpose and  
link to strategy

Current operation for Chairman 
and Non-executive Directors

Further information

Fees
Fixed remuneration that reflects 
the role, skills and experience

The Chairman’s fees are determined by the 
Remuneration Committee.

The Non-executive Directors’ fees are approved 
by the Board.

Increases are normally expected to be in line 
with the typical level of salary increase awarded 
across the Group.

Fees are reviewed annually. 
Any review will take into account 
market rates, business performance 
and individual contribution.

Pension and Benefits 
To enable the Chairman and 
Non-executive Directors to 
carry out their roles.

The Chairman receives benefits on the same basis 
as the Executive Directors, including pension, 
private medical insurance, dental insurance, 
permanent health insurance and life assurance.

The Non-executive Directors 
receive expenses but do not receive 
any additional benefits.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

83

Remuneration report continued

Service contracts and loss of office payment policy
All Executive Directors have service agreements with the 
Company. None of the service agreements are for a fixed 
term and all include provisions for termination on six months’ 
notice by either party. Service agreements do not contain any 
contractual entitlement to receive bonuses, nor to participate 
in the LTIP, nor to receive any fixed provision for termination 
compensation.

Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial 
three-year period and are required to provide at least six 
months’ notice of their intention to resign. Their continued 
engagement is subject to annual re-election by shareholders 
at the Company’s AGM. 

The terms and conditions of appointment of the Executive 
Directors and Non-executive Directors are available for 
inspection at the Company’s registered office.

When an Executive Director leaves the Group, the 
Remuneration Committee will review the circumstances and 
apply the appropriate treatment to their final remuneration. 
Any payments and vesting of share awards under the 
Executive Director Bonus Scheme and the LTIP will be in 
accordance with the relevant scheme rules and discretion 
as set out in those plans at the time the Executive Director 
leaves. All payments will be in line with contractual 
entitlements and statutory requirements. No Executive 
Director will be rewarded for failure. 

Salary and benefits will continue to be paid throughout the 
notice period although the Remuneration Committee has the 
discretion to make a payment in lieu of notice.

Other matters
Engaging with employees and shareholders, 
decision-making processes and general employee 
pay and conditions
The Group’s approach to engaging with employees and 
shareholders is detailed in the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee’s statement. The Group’s remuneration 
decision-making processes are also summarised in that 
statement and detailed further above in the Remuneration 
Policy tables, as well as the general approach to employee 
pay and conditions.

Malus and clawback
Malus and clawback provisions under all of the Company’s 
incentive schemes (including the Executive Director and Staff 
Bonus Scheme, LTIP, Share Scheme, Commission Scheme 
and JSOP) are in line with regulatory requirements. Under 
the relevant rules, the Remuneration Committee may apply 
malus and/or clawback where:

•  the relevant individual participated in, or was responsible 
for, conduct which resulted in significant losses to the 
Company or relevant business unit;

•  the relevant individual failed to meet appropriate 

standards of fitness and propriety;

•  there is reasonable evidence of misbehaviour or material 

error by the individual;

•  the Company, or business unit for which the relevant 

individual is responsible, suffers a material downturn in 
its financial performance; and/or

•  the Company, or business unit in which the relevant 
individual works, suffers a material failure of risk 
management.

Source and funding of shares
Share awards under the Executive Director Bonus Scheme 
and Staff Bonus Scheme are covered wherever possible 
through market purchases by the Company’s Employee 
Benefit Trust (“EBT”) rather than through the issue of new 
shares, and this has been the case since the inception of 
the previous Group Profit Share Scheme in 2007. It remains 
our intention to continue to operate in this manner in order 
to minimise potential dilution of shareholders’ interests. 
Similarly, grants under the LTIP and the Share Scheme are 
not normally satisfied by the issue of new shares, in order to 
minimise potential dilution. The JSOP uses market purchase 
shares only. The Company provides funds to the EBT to allow 
it to purchase shares in the market with which to satisfy the 
exercise of options. The number of shares purchased by the 
Group to hedge the satisfaction of options is based on an 
appropriate hedge ratio at each grant date, as calculated by 
management and approved by the Remuneration Committee.

Implementation of Remuneration Policy
The Group has implemented the Remuneration Policy, as 
approved by shareholders previously. The Remuneration 
Committee has approved variable remuneration payments 
for the CEO and CFO based on their performance against their 
objectives and in accordance with the previous Group Profit 
Share Scheme rules. 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
84 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Remuneration report continued

Remuneration Policy to be proposed to 
shareholders at the AGM continued
Other matters continued
Approach to remuneration for new Executive Directors
On the recruitment of a new Executive Director, the level of 
fixed remuneration will be appropriate to the candidate’s 
skills and experience and the responsibility that they will be 
undertaking. New Executive Directors would be eligible to join 
the Executive Directors' Bonus Scheme and would be eligible 
to be considered for participation in the LTIP as deemed 
appropriate by the Remuneration Committee, subject to the 
applicable policy at the time.

The Remuneration Committee recognises that a new 
Executive Director may forfeit remuneration as a result of 
leaving a previous employer and the Committee will consider 
mitigating that loss or part of that loss by making a buyout 
award in addition to the remuneration outlined above. 
The Committee will consider any relevant factors including 
any performance conditions attached to any previous 
incentive arrangements and the likelihood of these conditions 
being met and will take reasonable steps to ensure that any 
payment is at an appropriate level.

When recruiting a new Non-executive Director, fees will be 
in line with the prevailing fee schedule paid to other Board 
members and Non-executive Directors at that time.

Executive shareholding policy
Any new Executive Director will be encouraged to build a 
shareholding with a value of at least 150% of base salary, 
for example through the use of the Executive Directors' 
Bonus Scheme and LTIP scheme, within a reasonable time 
of being appointed.

At the end of the appointment, an Executive Director would 
need to retain a shareholding with a value of at least 150% 
of base salary previously built up through awards under the 
Company’s remuneration schemes (but excluding any shares 
bought for cash). Half of this shareholding must be held for 
a period of one year and the other half held for a period of 
two years.

Regulation
We continue to review our Remuneration Policy in line 
with regulatory changes and good practice and to ensure 
compliance with the principles of the Remuneration Code 
of the UK financial services regulator, as applicable to the 
Group. In particular, we have reviewed our Remuneration 
Policy in line with the Investment Firm Prudential Regulation 
as a non-SNI firm implementing the basic and standard 
remuneration requirements. 

Remuneration Policy – illustrations
The charts below show the lowest, highest and average 
remuneration for the CEO and CFO over the past two 
years and three years respectively. Fixed remuneration is 
comprised of salary, pension contributions, other benefits 
and any cash alternative. Variable remuneration comprises 
Group Profit Share, including cash and share payments, as 
well as any gains on share options.

As variable remuneration is not capped at the individual 
level, we have used the two and three-year average, highest 
and lowest remuneration as an indication of the Executive 
Director’s earnings potential. Future remuneration will 
be determined based on profitability and performance as 
described in the Remuneration Policy.

Leslie Hill (as CEO)

Minimum

100%

£760,549

2-year
low

2-year
high

41%

59%

£1,270,178

30%

70%

£2,395,183

2-year
average

34%

66%

£1,832,681

£

0

500k

1,000k

1,500k

2,000k

2,500k

Steve Cullen (as CFO)

Minimum

100%

£168,060

3-year
low

3-year
high

3-year
average

70%

59%

64%

30%

£214,527

41%

£258,159

36%

£237,377

Key:

 Fixed

 Variable

£

0

100k

200k

300k

The above charts exclude the value 
of options granted to Directors.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

85

Remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration
This part of the report has been prepared in accordance with Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended), and relevant sections of the Listing Rules. The annual report on 
remuneration will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at the 2022 AGM. The information on pages 85 to 91 has been audited, 
where required, under the regulations and is indicated as audited information where applicable.

Directors’ remuneration as a single figure (audited information)
The remuneration of the Directors for the year ended 31 March 2022 is detailed below together with their remuneration for the 
previous year.

Executive Directors

Salaries and fees

Benefits1  

Pensions2 

Total fixed pay

Short-term incentive (GPS cash)

Short-term incentive (GPS shares)3 

Total variable pay4

Total 

Leslie Hill

2022
£

Bob Noyen
(left the Board on 4 February 2021)

2021
£

2022
£

2021
£

Steve Cullen

2022
£

2021
£

650,000

450,000

2,974

71,500

2,325

62,250

724,474

514,575

1,113,806

427,420

556,903

328,183

1,670,709

755,603

2,395,183

1,270,178

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

242,830

136,496

129,997

1,243

33,592

1,397

15,015

1,128

17,983

277,665

152,908

149,108

84,795

42,397

127,192

404,857

70,167

35,084

105,251

258,159

43,612

21,807

65,419

214,527

Non-executive Directors

Salaries and fees

Benefits1 

Pensions2 

Total 

Non-executive Directors

Salaries and fees

Benefits1 

Pensions2 

Total 

Neil Record

Jane Tufnell
(resigned 27 July 2021)

Rosemary Hilary
(resigned 16 September 2021) 

2022
£

2021
£

2022
£

2021
£

Tim Edwards

2022
£

2021
£

20,515

63,500

23,077

49,862

53,287

43,497

—

—

—

—

106

—

—

—

59

—

161

—

2022
£

81,293

3,453

8,942

2021
£

79,310

2,561

10,971

93,688

92,842

20,515

63,500

23,183

49,862

53,346

43,658

Matt Hotson 
(appointed on 30 July 2021)

Krystyna Nowak
(appointed on 16 September 2021)

2022
£

33,526

— 

—

33,526

2021
£

—

—

—

—

2022
£

27,115

—

—

27,115

2021
£

—

—

—

—

1.  This value includes matching shares under the SIP scheme, medical benefits, payments made in lieu of medical benefits, overtime payments and reimbursement of taxable 

travel expenses.

2.  This includes payments made in lieu of pension contributions. Pension contributions were decreased from 13.5% to 11% on 1 April 2021. 
3.  Short-term incentive payments are subject to individual performance conditions summarised in the objectives table below. The shares vest immediately but are subject 

to lock-up restrictions and are calculated based on the overall profitability of the Group.

4.  No options vested or were exercised and no Directors had an option gain in the current year, or in the prior year. 

Payments for loss of office and payments made to former Directors
Bob Noyen left the Board of Directors on 4 February 2021 and left employment on 31 March 2021. To assist with the transition 
and maintenance of client relationships, Bob agreed to provide consultancy support to the Company. Payments in respect of 
this consultancy support totalled £357,044 in the year to 31 March 2022.

No payments were made to Jane Tufnell or Rosemary Hilary following their resignations in July 2021 and September 2021 
respectively.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
86 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued
Pensions (audited information)
Executive Directors are entitled to join the Group Personal Pension Scheme. This is a defined contribution plan and for 
the financial year ending 31 March 2022, the Group made contributions of 11% of each Director’s salary, which could either 
be paid into the Group Personal Pension Scheme, taken as cash or a combination of the two.

All Directors who make personal contributions into the Company pension scheme via salary sacrifice receive an amount 
equivalent to the employer’s national insurance saved by the Company into their pension as an additional contribution.

The employer pension contributions for the financial years ending 31 March 2021 and 31 March 2022 are detailed in the 
tables on page 85.

Allocation of the profit share pool to Executive Directors
The Remuneration Committee is able to exercise discretion over the level of base Group Profit Share units that are awarded 
to Executive Directors based on the role and level of responsibility. The final allocation is adjusted based on an assessment 
of the individual Executive Director’s performance compared to their objectives. On two occasions during the year, the 
Remuneration Committee approved awards to the Executive Directors after considering the role and performance of each 
individual Director for the relevant six-month period. The overall performance for the year for each Executive Director is 
summarised below. The Remuneration Committee also receives reports from the Head of Compliance regarding any legal 
or compliance issues relevant to the award.

Leslie Hill

Objectives

Strategic
Sales
Support our sales environment to enhance the sales 
of both our traditional products and new strategies.

Investments
Diversify our investment product offering and build 
asset management business in Continental Europe.

Outcomes

Revenues increased by 38% compared with last year, operating profit 
increased by 76% and our AUME increased by $3.7 billion, finishing 
the year at $83.1 billion.

Product diversification being achieved through our own strategies 
and collaboration with external partners. EM Sustainable Finance 
Fund launched in June 2021. BaFin have informed the Group that our 
application has been approved and Municipal Bond fund developed 
for the German market.

Technology
Modernise our IT platform. Provide long-term 
flexibility and cost savings.

Good progress in technology, with hybrid cloud and on-premises 
capabilities expanded and the introduction of customised and 
cost-effective technology solutions to clients.

Succession and organisational structure
Develop an organisational structure that is fit to 
deliver profitable growth and to support succession.

Creation of a new Record Currency Management Limited Board, 
changes to the governance structure and new leadership teams 
in sales, investment and operations as well as the development of 
a new European team.

Operational
People
Recruit, develop and retain high-performing 
colleagues as part of Record plc leadership and 
participation.

This was achieved through the development and retention of high 
performers in the team.

Press and investors
Build positive relationships with investors, brokers, 
city contacts and press.

Good relationships established.

Award:
200%. Objectives were exceeded and the Committee made an award of 200% to recognise overperformance.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

87

Remuneration report continued

Steve Cullen

Objectives

Outcomes

Strategic 
Implement opportunities for the Finance team 
to become more commercial.

New accounting and payroll systems embedded, process 
efficiencies introduced and manual processes minimised.

Operational
Cost discipline and accounting
Ensure maintenance of cost discipline across the 
business through adherence to approved budget, and 
expenditure authorisation policy and procedures.

Cost discipline was maintained throughout the financial year. 

Risk management
Ensure suitable systems and controls in place within 
Finance to minimise potential errors/breaches.

No material errors or breaches in routine reporting, confirmed 
by external audit.

Reporting
Ensure timely delivery of key reporting metrics, 
including the Annual Report, internal audit relationship 
and investor relations. Meet regulatory reporting 
requirements.

Annual Report delivered and improvements made to the style 
of the report.

Effective transition to new Investment Firm Prudential Regime 
capital and liquidity requirements.

Department
Ensure appropriate team structure and skills and 
review areas for improving efficiency.

External relationships
Continue to develop relationships with external 
auditors, internal auditors, company brokers and 
investor relations.

Award:
100%. Objectives were met for the period.

New team working well together, improved use of technology.

Good relationships established with internal and external auditors. 
Increased involvement with brokers and investor relations.

Directors’ share options and share awards (audited information)
During the financial year ended 31 March 2022 no option awards were made to the Executive Directors.

All of the Executive Directors have previously been awarded share options and the table below sets out details of Executive 
Directors’ outstanding share option awards, which may vest on an annual basis over three, four and five years subject to 
continued service and performance conditions. The table also sets out any options that have lapsed or been exercised.

Name 

Date of grant

Total 
options at
1 April
2021

Options
granted
in period

Leslie Hill 

30/11/16

183,334

Steve 
Cullen 

26/01/18

186,667

21/08/19

575,000

30/11/16

183,334

26/01/18

83,334

21/08/19

260,000

—

—

—

—

—

—

Options
lapsed
in period

(183,334)

(93,333)

—

(183,334)

(41,666)

—

Options
exercised
in period

Total 
options at
31 March
2022

Exercise
price

Earliest
exercise

Latest 
exercise

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

34.072p  30/11/2021 29/11/2022

93,334

575,000

43.5p  26/01/2022 25/01/2023

31.1p  21/08/2022 20/08/2025

—

34.072p 30/11/2021 29/11/2022

41,668

260,000

43.5p  26/01/2022 25/01/2023

31.1p  21/08/2022 20/08/2025

The outstanding share options above vest subject to performance conditions, which are detailed on page 88.

No options were exercised in the year ended 31 March 2022.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
88 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued
Directors’ share options and share awards (audited information) continued
Options granted to Executive Directors vest on an annual basis (in years three, four and five) and vesting is subject to Record’s 
average annualised EPS growth over the relevant period since grant as follows:

Record’s annualised EPS growth over the period from grant to vesting

>RPI growth + 13%

>RPI growth + 10%, =RPI growth + 7%, =RPI growth + 4%, = 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets 

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Corporation tax liabilities

Provisions 

Lease liabilities

Financial liabilities

Derivative financial liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non‑current liabilities

Provisions 

Lease liabilities

Total non‑current liabilities

Total net assets

Equity 

Issued share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the parent

Total equity 

Approved by the Board on 20 June 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

Neil Record 
Chairman 

Steve Cullen
Chief Financial Officer

Company registered number: 1927640

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Note

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

18

19

19

12

20

17

21

12

22

562

1,421

401

3,447

253

6,084

9,883

—

13,913

3,345

27,141

33,225

420

684

683

3,046

 212

5,045

8,006

260

12,932

6,847

28,045

33,090

(4,721)

(3,426)

(924)

(75)

(366)

—

(124)

(315)

—

(539)

(1,696)

(16)

(6,210)

(5,992)

(125)

(960)

(1,085)

(200)

(99)

(299)

25,930

26,799

50

3,238

26

22,616

25,930

25,930

50

2,418

26

24,305

26,799

26,799

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
108 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Year ended 31 March 2022

As at 1 April 2021

Profit and total 
comprehensive 
income for the year

Dividends paid

Own shares acquired 
by EBT

Release of shares held 
by EBT

Share‑based payment 
reserve movement

Transactions with 
shareholders

As at 31 March 2022

Year ended 31 March 2021

As at 1 April 2020

Profit and total 
comprehensive 
income for the year

Trade Record sale

Dividends paid

9

Own shares acquired 
by EBT

Release of shares held 
by EBT

Share‑based payment 
reserve movement

Transactions with 
shareholders

As at 31 March 2021

Called‑up 
share capital 
£’000

Share premium
 account 
£’000

Note

Capital
redemption
 reserve 
£’000

50

2,418

26

9

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

820

—

820

50

3,238

—

—

—

—

—

— 

26

Equity
attributable to
equity holders 
of the parent 
£’000

26,799

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

24,305

8,631

8,631

(6,512)

(6,512)

(5,807)

(5,807)

2,258

3,078

(259)

(259)

(10,320)

(9,500)

22,616

25,930

Non‑controlling
 interests
 £’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 

— 

Called‑up 
share capital 
£’000

Share premium
 account 
£’000

Note

Capital
redemption
 reserve 
£’000

50

2,259

26

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

159

—

159

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Equity
attributable to 
equity holders 
of the parent 
£’000

28,029

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

25,694

5,351

5,351

Non‑controlling
 interests
 £’000

132

—

32

32

(132)

(5,290)

(5,290)

(2,338)

(2,338)

994

1,153

(138)

(138)

(6,772)

(6,613)

—

—

—

—

—

—

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

50

2,418

26

24,305

26,799

Total 
equity 
£’000

26,799

8,631

(6,512)

(5,807)

3,078

(259)

(9,500)

25,930

Total 
equity 
£’000

28,161

5,351

(100)

(5,290)

(2,338)

1,153

(138)

(6,613)

26,799

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

109

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Year ended 31 March 2022

Profit after tax

Adjustments for non‑cash movements

Depreciation of right‑of‑use assets 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Share‑based payments

Decrease/(increase) in other non‑cash items

Finance income

Finance expense

Tax expense 

Changes in working capital

(Increase)/decrease in receivables 

Increase in payables

Cash inflow from operating activities 

Corporation tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Purchase of intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of investments

Payment to seed fund holders

Redemption of bonds

Investment in subsidiaries

Purchase of money market instruments with maturity > 3 months

Sale of Trade Record shares

Interest received

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Lease repayments

Purchase of own shares

Dividends paid to equity shareholders

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents in the year 

Exchange gains/(losses) 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Closing cash and cash equivalents consist of:

Cash 

Cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Note

12

13

11

2022
£’000

8,631

489

357

192

559

877

(44)

23

7

2,225

11

13

12

9

(1,877)

1,296

12,728

(1,373)

11,355

(334)

(75)

(1,773)

(1,808)

1,462

—

(557)

(4,462)

(6,512)

(11,531)

(3,643)

141

6,847

3,345

3,345

—

18

3,345

2021
£’000

5,351

490

298

168

486

(492)

(71)

38

802

696

417

8,183

(1,385)

6,798

(189)

(230)

(881)

(335)

—

(23)

(560)

(1,808)

(5,290)

(7,658)

(7,300)

(147)

14,294

6,847

2,372

4,475

6,847

(983)

(4,973)

—

44

120

71

(3,467)

(6,440)

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
110 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Company statement of financial position

As at 31 March 2022

Non‑current assets

Right‑of‑use assets

Investments

Deferred tax

Total non‑current assets

Current assets

Corporation tax

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets 

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Provisions 

Total current liabilities

Non‑current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions 

Total non‑current liabilities

Total net assets

Equity 

Issued share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity 

Note

12

14

16

18

19

12

12

21

22

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

1,232

5,029

1

6,262

3

3,522

43

3,568

9,830

(4,161)

(326)

75

(4,562)

(812)

(125)

(937)

642

4,315

7

4,964

17

1,387

173

1,577

6,541

(16)

(501)

—

(517)

(96)

(200)

(296)

4,331

5,728

50

1,809

26

2,446

4,331

50

1,809

26

3,843

5,728

The Company’s total comprehensive income for the year (which is principally derived from intra‑group dividends) was 
£4,558,705 (2021: £5,133,381).

Approved by the Board on 20 June 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

Neil Record 
Chairman 

Steve Cullen
Chief Financial Officer

Company registered number: 1927640

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

111

Company statement of changes in equity

Year ended 31 March 2022

As at 1 April 2021

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid

Share option reserve movement

Transactions with shareholders

As at 31 March 2022

Year ended 31 March 2021

As at 1 April 2020

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid

Share option reserve movement

Transactions with shareholders

As at 31 March 2021

Note

9

Note

9

Called‑up 
share 
capital 
£’000

50

—

—

—

—

50

Called‑up 
share 
capital 
£’000

50

—

—

—

—

50

Share 
premium 
account 
£’000

1,809

—

—

—

—

1,809

Share 
premium 
account 
£’000

1,809

—

—

—

—

1,809

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£’000

26

—

—

—

—

26

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£’000

26

—

—

—

—

26

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

3,843

4,559

Total 
shareholders’
equity 
£’000

5,728

4,559

 (6,512)

 (6,512)

556

(1,356)

2,446

556

(1,356)

4,331

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

3,819

5,133

Total 
shareholders’
equity 
£’000

5,704

5,133

(5,290)

(5,290)

181

(5,109)

3,843

181

(5,109)

5,728

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
112 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Company statement of cash flows 

Year ended 31 March 2022

Loss after tax

Adjustments for non‑cash movements

Depreciation of right‑of‑use assets 

Loss on investments

Decrease in other non‑cash items

Finance expense

Tax expense 

Changes in working capital

Increase in receivables

Increase in payables

Cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities 

Corporation taxes received

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Dividends received

Investment in subsidiaries

Purchase of investments

Payments to seed fund holders

Disposal of subsidiary

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Net cash flow from financing activities

Lease repayments

Dividends paid to equity shareholders

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents in the year

FX revaluation

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Closing cash and cash equivalents consist of:

Cash 

Cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Note

18

2022
£’000

(41)

453

—

45

16

(19)

(2,134)

2,470

790

37

827

4,600

(325)

—

1,798

—

6,073

(518)

(6,512)

(7,030)

(130)

—

173

43

43

—

43

2021
£’000

(137)

453

167

—

35

(30)

(1,245)

6

(751)

4

(747)

5,270

(23)

(881)

—

120

4,486

(517)

(5,290)

(5,807)

(2,068)

—

2,241

173

173

—

173

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

113

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022

These financial statements exclude disclosures that are both 
immaterial and judged to be unnecessary to understand our 
results and financial position.

1. Accounting policies
In order to provide more clarity to the notes to the financial 
statements, accounting policy descriptions appear at the 
beginning of the note to which they relate.

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation 
of these consolidated financial statements are set out in the 
notes below. These policies have been consistently applied to 
all periods presented unless otherwise stated.

a. Accounting convention
Basis of preparation
The Group financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards and the Company and other Group entities 
financial statements have also been prepared in accordance 
with UK adopted international accounting standards. The 
financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost 
basis, modified to include fair valuation of derivative financial 
instruments. Investments are measured at fair value through 
profit or loss.

The Directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources with which to continue to operate 
for the foreseeable future. In arriving at this conclusion, the 
Directors have considered in detail the impact of the covid‑19 
pandemic on the Group, the market it operates in and its 
stakeholders. For this reason, the financial statements have 
been prepared on a going concern basis. Please refer to the 
Directors’ report on page 94 for more detail on going concern, 
and also see management’s detailed review of the impact of 
covid‑19 and the Russia/Ukraine crisis on page 51. 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with 
the recognition and measurement principles set out in IFRSs 
requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and 
expenses. The bases for management judgements, estimates 
and assumptions are discussed further in note 2.

Future accounting developments
The Group did not implement the requirements of any other 
standards or interpretations that were in issue but were not 
required to be adopted by the Group at the year end date. 
No other standards or interpretations have been issued 
that are expected to have a material impact on the Group’s 
financial statements.

b. Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial information contained within the 
financial statements incorporates financial statements of 
the Company and its subsidiaries drawn up to 31 March 2022. 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company and 
are included from the date that control commences until 
the date that control ceases. Control is achieved where the 
Company is exposed to or has rights over variable returns 
from its involvement with the entity and it has the power 
to affect returns. The Group has applied UK adopted IFRSs 
for periods commencing on or after January 2021.

An Employee Benefit Trust has been established for the 
purposes of satisfying certain share‑based awards. As the 
Group has “de facto” control over this special purpose entity, 
the trust is fully consolidated within the financial statements.

Significant judgement 
The Group uses judgement to determine whether 
investments in its seed funds constitute controlling 
interests in accordance with IFRS 10 – “Consolidated 
Financial Statements”. The Group considers all relevant 
facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has 
control over specific funds or other entities. This includes 
consideration of the extent of the Group’s exposure to 
variability of returns as an investor and the Group’s ability 
to direct the relevant activities, through exercising its voting 
rights as an investor, or as investment manager. We consider 
that the Group exerts such control in cases where (either 
in isolation or together with its related parties) it holds a 
majority of units in the fund.

If the Group is in a position to be able to control a fund, 
then the fund is consolidated within the Group financial 
statements. Such funds are consolidated either on a line‑
by‑line basis, or if the fund meets the definition of a disposal 
group held for sale it is classified and accounted for on that 
basis. In the case that the Group does not control a fund for 
the complete reporting period, then the fund is consolidated 
only for the part of the reporting period for which the Group 
has control over the entity.

Where the Group controls an entity, but does not own all 
the share capital of that entity, the interest of the other 
shareholders’ non‑controlling interests is stated within 
equity at the non‑controlling interests’ proportion of the 
fair value of the recognised assets and liabilities. In the case 
of the funds controlled by the Group, the interests of any 
external investors in such funds are recognised as a financial 
liability as investments in the fund are not considered to be 
equity instruments.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
114 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

1. Accounting policies continued
b. Basis of consolidation continued
Significant judgement continued
The financial statements of subsidiary undertakings, 
which are prepared using uniform accounting policies, 
are coterminous with those of Record plc, referred to as 
the "Company", apart from those of the seed funds which 
have accounting reference dates of 30 September. The 
consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
performance and the financial position of the seed funds in 
the year ended 31 March 2021. The seed funds were closed in 
June 2021.

The Company is taking advantage of the exemption under 
the Companies Act 2006 s408(1) not to present its individual 
statement of comprehensive income and related notes that 
form part of the financial statements. The Company and its 
subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the Group; the 
Group’s total comprehensive income for the year includes 
a profit of £4,558,705 attributable to the Company (2021: 
£5,133,381). The Company's principal activity is that of a 
holding company.

All intra‑group transactions, balances, income, expenses 
and dividends are eliminated on consolidation.

c. Foreign currencies
The financial statements are presented in sterling (£), which 
is the functional currency of the parent company. Foreign 
currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency of the parent company using prevailing exchange 
rates which are updated on a monthly basis. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement 
of such transactions and from the remeasurement of 
monetary items at year‑end exchange rates are recognised 
in the statement of comprehensive income under “other 
income or expense”.

d. Administrative expenses
Administrative expense includes staff costs, marketing and IT 
costs, which are recognised on an accruals basis as services 
are provided to the Group.

e. Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when 
the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the financial instrument. Financial assets are derecognised 
when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the 
financial assets expire, or when the financial asset and all 
substantial risks and rewards are transferred. A financial 
liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, 
cancelled or expires.

f. Impairment of assets
The Group assesses whether there is any indication that 
any of its assets have been impaired at least annually. 
If such an indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount 
is estimated and compared to its carrying value.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.

g. Provisions and contingent liabilities
Provisions are recognised when present obligations as a 
result of a past event will probably lead to an outflow of 
economic resources from the Group and amounts can be 
estimated reliably. Timing or amount of the outflow may still 
be uncertain. A present obligation arises from the presence 
of a legal or constructive commitment that has resulted 
from past events.

Provisions are measured at the estimated expenditure 
required to settle the present obligation, based on the 
most reliable evidence available at the reporting date, 
including the risks and uncertainties associated with the 
present obligation. Provisions are discounted to their 
present values, where the time value of money is material. 
Any reimbursement that the Group can be virtually certain 
to collect from a third party with respect to the obligation 
is recognised as a separate asset. However, this asset may 
not exceed the amount of the related provision.

All provisions are reviewed at each reporting date and 
adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. In those cases 
where the possible outflow of economic resources as a result 
of present obligations is considered improbable or remote, 
no liability is recognised.

h. Equity
Share capital represents the nominal (par) value of shares 
that have been issued. Share premium includes any premium 
received on issue of share capital. From time to time, the 
Group has bought in ordinary shares for cancellation. 
The cost of the buy‑ins was taken directly to retained 
earnings. The nominal value of the shares was taken to a 
capital redemption reserve. Retained earnings includes all 
current and prior period retained profits and share‑based 
employee remuneration. All transactions with owners of 
the parent are recorded separately within equity.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

115

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

2. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
In order to prepare the financial statements in accordance 
with IFRS, management make certain critical accounting 
estimates. Management are also required to exercise 
judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting 
policies and in determining the reported amount of certain 
assets and liabilities.

The estimates and associated assumptions are based on 
historical experience and various other factors including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which 
form the basis of making the judgements about carrying 
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent 
from other sources. As a consequence, actual results may 
differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying 
assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to 
accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which 
the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, 
or in the period of the revision and future periods if the 
revision affects both current and future periods. 

Areas of significant judgement –  
consolidation of seed funds
Note 1b describes the basis which the Group uses to 
determine whether it controls seed funds; further detail 
on consolidation of seed funds is provided in note 14.

Sources of estimation uncertainty
Management recognise that the use of estimates is 
important in calculating both the fair value of share options 
offered by the Group to its employees (see note 23) and 
deferred tax (see note 15), however the sources of estimation 
uncertainty do not present a significant risk of material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities 
within the next financial year in either case.

Calculation of leased assets and liabilities requires the 
use of both estimation and judgement. The identification 
of an appropriate discount rate to use in the calculation of 
the lease liability involves both estimation and judgement. 
Where the lease’s implicit rate is not readily determinable, an 
incremental borrowing rate must be calculated by the Group. 
The discount rate used has a direct effect on the size of the 
lease liability capitalised and although this has been included 
as an area where the use of estimation and judgement in 
note 12 is important, it is unlikely to materially impact the 
Group. Intangible assets are written down in accordance with 
the Group’s amortisation policy on page 120. The assets are 
reviewed by management to ensure the amortisation period 
is appropriate. Investments are revalued at market value 
monthly and any potential impairments would be written 
down as and when the Group is notified.

3. Segmental analysis
The Directors, who together are the entity’s Chief Operating 
Decision Maker, consider that its services comprise one 
operating segment (being the provision of currency and 
derivatives management services) and that it operates in 
a market that is not bound by geographical constraints. 
The Group provides Directors with revenue information 
disaggregated by product, whilst operating costs, assets and 
liabilities are presented on an aggregated basis. This reflects 
the unified basis on which the products are marketed, 
delivered and supported. Further information on the Group’s 
operations and principal activities is provided in the Business 
model section from page 8. Revenue analysed by product is 
provided in note 4.

4. Revenue
Revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable for the provision of currency 
management services. Our revenues typically arise 
from charging management fees, performance fees and 
other currency services income and are accounted for 
in accordance with IFRS 15 – “Revenue from contracts 
with customers”. 

Management fees and other currency services income are 
recorded on a monthly basis as the service occurs; there are 
no other performance obligations (excluding standard duty 
of care requirements). Management fees are calculated as 
an agreed percentage of the Assets Under Management 
Equivalents (“AUME”) denominated in the client’s chosen 
base currency. The percentage varies depending on the 
nature of services and the level of AUME. Management 
fees are typically invoiced to the customer quarterly 
with receivables recognised for unpaid invoices. Fees are 
recognised on a monthly based on the agreed fee rate and 
AUME over the period.

The Group is entitled to earn performance fees from some 
clients where the performance of the clients’ mandates 
exceeds defined benchmarks over a set time period, and 
are recognised when the fee amount can be estimated 
reliably and it is highly probable that it will not be subject to 
significant reversal.

Performance fee revenues are not considered to be highly 
probable until the end of a contractual performance period 
and therefore are not recognised until they crystallise, at 
which time they are payable by the client and cannot be 
clawed back. There are no other performance obligations 
or services provided which suggest these have been earned 
either before or after crystallisation date.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
116 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

4. Revenue continued
Revenue recognition continued
a. Revenue from contracts with customers
The following table provides a breakdown of revenue from contracts with customers, with management fees analysed by 
product. Other currency services income includes fees from signal hedging and fiduciary execution.

Revenue by product type

Management fees

Passive Hedging

Dynamic Hedging

Currency for Return

Multi‑product

Total management fee income

Performance fee income

Other currency services income

Total revenue from contracts with customers

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

11,768

10,020

5,513

6,782

11,377

5,623

2,005

5,873

34,083

24,878

499

570

81

453

35,152

25,412

Management fees are recognised at a point in time and are invoiced typically on a quarterly basis, although Record may 
invoice fees monthly for some of its larger clients. Performance fees are recognised at a point in time and can be invoiced on 
a quarterly, six‑monthly or annual basis, as agreed with our clients.

b. Geographical analysis
The geographical analysis of revenue is based on the destination i.e. the location of the client to whom the services are 
provided. All turnover originated in the UK. Other relates to a number of regions that are individually immaterial.

Revenue by geographical region

Management and performance fee income

UK 

US 

Switzerland 

Europe (excluding UK and Switzerland) 

Other 

Total revenue

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

2,775

13,049

10,877

6,926

1,525

35,152

2,322

8,619

9,097

3,223

2,151

25,412

c. Major clients
During the year ended 31 March 2022, two clients individually accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue. 
The two largest clients generated revenues of £4.9 million and £4.8 million in the year (2021: two largest clients generated 
revenues of £4.1 million and £2.7 million in the year).

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

117

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

5. Operating profit
Operating profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Staff costs 

Other staff‑related costs

IT and technology

Professional fees

Occupancy 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of leased property

Amortisation of intangibles

Auditor fees:

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the audit of subsidiary undertakings

Auditor fees total

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and its associates for other services:

Audit‑related assurance services required by law or regulation

Other non‑audit services

Loss/(gain) on forward FX contracts held to hedge cash flow 

Loss on derivative financial instruments held by seed funds

Exchange losses/(gains) on revaluation of external holding in seed funds

Other exchange (gains)/ losses

Investment losses/(gains)

6. Staff costs
The average number of employees, including Directors, employed by the Group during the year was:

Corporate 

Client relationships

Investment research

Operations 

Risk management

Support 

Annual average

The aggregate costs of the above employees, including Directors, were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Other employment benefit costs

Aggregate staff costs

2022
£’000

16,479

1,352

2,380

1,139

2021
£’000

13,470

864

1,231

1,043

668

357

489

192

72

103

175

5

12

467

42

—

(141)

4

540

299

490

168

70

80

150

5

12

(673)

53

97

652

(170)

2022

2021

6

14

16

24

5

17

82

7

17

16

23

5

15

83

2022
£’000

11,931

1,758

635

2,155

2021
£’000

10,542

1,349

574

1,005

16,479

13,470

Other employment benefit costs include share‑based payments, share option costs, and costs relating to the Record plc 
Share Incentive Plan. 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
118 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

7. Taxation – Group
Current tax is the tax currently payable based on taxable profit for the year. Current income tax assets and/or liabilities 
comprise those obligations to, or claims from, fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting periods that 
are unpaid at the reporting date. Current tax is payable on taxable profit, which differs from profit or loss in the financial 
statements. Calculation of current tax is based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the end of the reporting period.

UK current year charge

Overseas taxes

Prior year adjustments

Current tax charge

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Prior year adjustment

Impact of change in tax rate for deferred tax

Total deferred tax

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

The total charge for the year can be reconciled to the accounting profit as follows:

Profit before taxation

Taxation at the standard rate of tax in the UK of 19% (2021: 19%)

Tax effects of:

Other disallowable expenses and non‑taxable income

Higher tax rates on subsidiary undertakings

Adjustments recognised in current year in relation to Research and Development  
claims in respect of prior years

Prior year adjustment

Change in tax rates

Total tax expense

The tax expense comprises:

Current tax expense

Deferred tax expense/(income)

Total tax expense

2022
£’000

2,006

56

(88)

1,974

(12)

240

23

251

2,225

2022
£’000

10,856

2,062

(37)

15

(78)

240

23

2,225

1,974

251

2,225

2021
£’000

1,144

64

(108)

1,100

(298)

—

—

(298)

802

2021
£’000

6,153

1,169

(278)

19

(108)

—

—

802

1,100

(298)

802

The standard rate of UK corporation tax for the year is 19% (2021: 19%). A full corporation tax computation is prepared at 
the year end. The actual charge as a percentage of the profit before tax may differ from the underlying tax rate. Differences 
typically arise as a result of capital allowances differing from depreciation charged, and certain types of expenditure not 
being deductible for tax purposes. Other differences may also arise. The rate is due to increase to 25% from 1 April 2023.

The tax charge for the year ended 31 March 2022 was 20% of profit before tax (2021: 13%). Other temporary differences for 
the year ended 31 March 2022 include the impact of deferred tax expense of £251k (2021: income of £298k).

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

119

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

8. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit after tax for the financial year attributable to equity holders of 
the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated as for the basic earnings per share with a further adjustment to the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares to reflect the effects of all potential dilution.

There is no difference between the profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the parent used in the basic 
and diluted earnings per share calculations.

Weighted average number of shares used in calculation of basic earnings per share

Effect of potential dilutive ordinary shares – share options

Weighted average number of shares used in calculation of diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

191,068,307

194,461,787

6,230,794

1,705,089

197,299,101

196,166,876

pence

4.52

4.37

pence

2.75

2.73

The potential dilutive shares relate to the share options and JSOP awards granted in respect of the Group’s Share Scheme 
(see note 23). There were share options and JSOP awards in place at the beginning of the year over 14,344,421 shares. 
During the year 2,531,875 share options were exercised, 625,000 JSOP awards vested and a further 1,454,501 options lapsed 
or were forfeited. The Group granted 3,780,000 share options and JSOP awards with a potentially dilutive effect during the 
year. Of the 13,513,045 share options and JSOP awards in place at the end of the period, 11,362,625 have a dilutive impact at 
the year end.

9. Dividends
Ordinary, special and interim dividends are recognised in the financial statements when paid. Final ordinary dividends are 
required to be approved by shareholders.

The dividends paid by the Group during the year ended 31 March 2022 totalled £6,511,887 (3.40 pence per share) which 
comprised a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2021 of £2,220,404 (1.15 pence per share), a special dividend 
in respect of the year ended 31 March 2021 of £868,854 (0.45 pence per share) and an interim dividend for the year ended 
31 March 2022 of £3,422,629 (1.80 pence per share).

The dividends paid by the Group during the year ended 31 March 2021 totalled £5,290,324 (2.71 pence per share) which 
comprised a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2020 of £2,261,779 (1.15 pence per share), a special dividend 
in respect of the year ended 31 March 2020 of £806,374 (0.41 pence per share) and an interim dividend for the year ended 
31 March 2021 of £2,222,171 (1.15 pence per share).

For the year ended 31 March 2022, a final ordinary dividend of 1.80 pence per share has been proposed and a special 
dividend of 0.92 pence per share has been declared, totalling £3.4 million and £1.8 million respectively.

10. Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates defined contribution pension plans for the benefit of employees. The Group makes contributions to 
independently administered plans, such contributions being recognised as an expense when they fall due. The assets of 
the schemes are held separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds.

The Group is not exposed to the particular risks associated with the operation of defined benefit plans and has no legal 
or constructive obligation to make any further payments to the plans other than the contributions due.

The pension cost charge disclosed in note 6 to the accounts represents contributions payable by the Group to the funds.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
120 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

11. Intangible assets
Intangible assets are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is charged 
to profit or loss on a straight‑line basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets unless such lives are indefinite. 
Amortisation is included within operating expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Intangible assets are 
measured from the date they are available for use. Useful lives are as follows:

•  Software – 2 to 5 years

Amortisation periods and methods are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate.

The Group’s intangible assets comprise both purchased software and the capitalised cost of software deployment. No internal 
costs of software development are capitalised. Internal software costs, which would represent attributable employee costs, 
would be capitalised if they meet the IAS 38 criteria. The carrying amounts can be analysed as follows:

2022 

Cost 

At 1 April 2021

Additions 

Disposals 

At 31 March 2022

Amortisation

At 1 April 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals 

At 31 March 2022

Net book amounts

At 31 March 2022

At 1 April 2021

2021 

Cost 

At 1 April 2020

Additions 

Disposals 

At 31 March 2021

Amortisation

At 1 April 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals 

At 31 March 2021

Net book amounts

At 31 March 2021

At 1 April 2020

Software
£’000

1,141

334

—

1,475

721

192

—

913

562

420

Software
£’000

Total
£’000

1,141

334

—

1,475

721

192

—

913

562

420

Total
£’000

1,903

1,903

189

(951)

1,141

1,433

168

(880)

721

420

470

189

(951)

1,141

1,433

168

(880)

721

420

470

The annual contractual commitment for the maintenance and support of the above software is £396,710 (2021: £221,004). 
All amortisation charges are included within administrative expenses.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

121

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

12. Leases 
The Group’s lease arrangements consist of business premises property leases. Rental contracts are typically made for 
fixed periods of three to six years but they may have extension and/or modification options. Lease terms are negotiated 
on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any 
covenants, but leased assets cannot be used as security for borrowing purposes.

New and modified leases have been recognised as a right‑of‑use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which 
the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. 
The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the 
remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right‑of‑use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful 
life and the lease term on a straight‑line basis.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Right‑of‑use assets include the net 
present value of the lease payments less any lease incentives receivable.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the Group would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain 
an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions. As the Group has no borrowings 
it has estimated the incremental borrowing rate based on interest rate data available in the market, adjusted to reflect 
Record’s creditworthiness, the leased asset in question and the terms and conditions of the lease. For those leases which 
existed prior to the IFRS 16 transition date on 1 April 2019, a discount rate of 4% was used in calculating the lease liability 
on transition.

The leases relevant to the twelve months ended 31 March 2022, and the comparative period, are as described below:

On 7 September 2016, the Group signed a new lease on premises at Second and Third Floors, Morgan House, Madeira Walk, 
Windsor, at an annual commitment of £507,603, expiring on 1 September 2022. On 11 February 2022, the Group signed a lease 
on premises at Second Floor, Morgan House, Madeira Walk, Windsor, at an annual commitment of £267,900, expiring on 
1 September 2026. The 1 September 2022 lease modification has been capitalised and discounted at a rate of 3.95%.

On 1 June 2017, the Group signed a five‑year lease on premises in Zürich, at an annual commitment of CHF 49,680. 
On 12 August 2021, the Group extended the lease to 1 June 2027, at an annual commitment of CHF 49,680.

Record assesses whether a contract, is or contains, a lease at the inception of the contract.

Right‑of‑use (“ROU”) assets
Right‑of‑use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

•  the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
•  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received;
•  any initial direct costs; and
•  an estimate of costs to be incurred to restore the assets to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight‑line basis over the lease term and included within administration costs (note 5).

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
122 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

12. Leases continued
Net book value of right‑of‑use assets

Year ended 31 March 2022

Net book value on transition at 1 April 2021

Addition 

Depreciation 

Net book value at 31 March 2022

Year ended 31 March 2021

Net book value at 1 April 2020

Addition 

Depreciation 

FX revaluation

Net book value at 31 March 2021

Lease liabilities

Current 

Non‑current 

Total lease liabilities

At 1 April 2021

Additions 

Interest expense

Lease payments

Lease interest payments

Foreign exchange movements

At 31 March 2022

Group
£’000

684

1,226

(489)

1,421

Group
£’000

1,175

—

(490)

(1)

684

Group
£’000

366

960

1,326

Group
£’000

638

1,226

17

(540)

(17)

2

Company
£’000

642

1,043

(453)

1,232

Company
£’000

1,096

—

(454)

—

642

Company
£’000

326

812

1,138

Company
£’000

597

1,042

16

(501)

(16)

—

1,326

1,138

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

123

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

Lease payments
At 31 March 2022, the undiscounted operating lease payments on an annual basis are as follows:

Maturity of lease liability at 31 March 2022

Within 1 year 

1‑2 years 

2‑3 years 

After 3 years

Total lease liability before discounting

Group
£’000

Company
£’000

357

321

321

375

330

280

280

327

1,374

1,217

The remainder of the movement in the lease liability relates to non‑cash movements. The lease term is determined as the 
non‑cancellable period of a lease, together with periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the Group considers that 
exercise of the option is reasonably certain.

13. Property, plant and equipment – Group
All property, plant and equipment assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property, plant 
and equipment is provided to write off the cost, less residual value, on a straight‑line basis over the estimated useful life 
as follows:

•  Leasehold improvements – period from lease commencement to the earlier of the lease termination date and the next rent 

review date

•  Computer equipment – 2 to 5 years
•  Fixtures and fittings – 4 to 6 years

Residual values, remaining useful economic lives and depreciation methods are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate. 
Gains or losses on disposal are included in profit or loss.

The Group’s property, plant and equipment comprise leasehold improvements, computer equipment and fixtures and fittings. 
The carrying amount can be analysed as follows:

2022 

Cost 

At 1 April 2021

Additions 

Disposals 

At 31 March 2022

Depreciation 

At 1 April 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals 

At 31 March 2022

Net book amounts

At 31 March 2022

At 1 April 2021

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

Fixtures
and fittings
£’000

693

—

—

693

520

122

—

642

51

173

983

73

—

1,056

515

203

—

718

338

468

305

2

(14)

293

263

32

(14)

281

12

42

Total
£’000

1,981

75

(14)

2,042

1,298

357

(14)

1,641

401

683

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
124 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

13. Property, plant and equipment – Group continued

2021 

Cost 

At 1 April 2020

Additions 

Disposals 

At 31 March 2021

Depreciation 

At 1 April 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals 

At 31 March 2021

Net book amounts

At 31 March 2021

At 1 April 2020

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

Fixtures
and fittings
£’000

692

1

—

693

397

123

—

520

173

295

952

228

(197)

983

573

139

(197)

515

468

379

327

2

(24)

305

250

37

(24)

263

42

77

The Group’s tangible non‑current assets are located predominantly in the UK.

14. Investments

Group

Company

Investment in subsidiaries at cost

Capitalised investment in respect of share‑based payments

Investment in funds 

Investment in impact bonds

Other Investments

Total investments

2022
£’000

—

—

1,070

2,177

200

3,447

2021
£’000

—

—

847

2,199

—

3,046

2022
£’000

2,069

2,019

943

—

—

Total
£’000

1,971

231

(221)

1,981

1,220

299

(221)

1,298

683

751

2021
£’000

69

1,460

2,786

—

—

During the year, the Group has embarked on a strategy to invest up to £2,000,000 in digital assets for the purpose of 
researching the market. 

During the year, the Group signed commitments totalling $550,000 (£417,727) relating to third‑party funds investing in the 
digital assets sector. As at the year end, a total of $166,900 (£122,208) has been called up, leaving a balance of $383,100 
(£295,519) which may or may not be called up in future (see note 27: contingent liabilities for further information).

5,029

4,315

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

125

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

Company
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are shown at cost less impairment losses. The capitalised investment in respect of share‑based 
payments offered by subsidiaries is equal to the cumulative fair value of the amounts payable to employees recognised as an 
expense by the subsidiary.

Investment in subsidiaries (at cost)

Record Currency Management Limited

Record Group Services Limited

Record Portfolio Management Limited

Record Currency Management (US) Inc.

Record Currency Management (Switzerland) GmbH

Record Digital Asset Ventures Limited

Record Asset Management GmbH

Record Fund Management Limited

N P Record Trustees Limited

Total investment in subsidiaries (at cost)

Capitalised investment in respect of share‑based payments

Record Group Services Limited

Record Currency Management (US) Inc.

Record Currency Management (Switzerland) GmbH

Total capitalised investment in respect of share‑based payments

Total investment in subsidiaries

Particulars of subsidiary undertakings

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

10

10

10

—

16

2,000

23

—

—

2,069

1,801

89

129

2,019

4,088

10

10

10

—

16

—

23

—

—

69

1,341

89

30

1,460

1,529

Name

Nature of business

Record Currency Management Limited

Currency management services (FCA, SEC and CFTC registered)

Record Group Services Limited

Management services to other Group undertakings

Record Currency Management (US) Inc.

US advisory and service company (SEC and CFTC registered) 

Record Currency Management (Switzerland) GmbH

Swiss advisory and service company

Record Digital Asset Ventures Limited

UK company investing in opportunities linked to innovation 
and research surrounding digital assets

Record Asset Management GmbH

German advisory and service company

RAM Strategies GmbH

German consultant and distribution agent

Record Portfolio Management Limited

Record Fund Management Limited

N P Record Trustees Limited

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant trust company

The Group’s interest in the equity capital of subsidiary undertakings is 100% of the ordinary share capital in all cases. Record 
Currency Management (US) Inc. is incorporated in Delaware (registered office: Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls 
Drive, Wilmington, DE 19808), Record Currency Management (Switzerland) GmbH is incorporated in Zürich (registered office: 
Münsterhof 14, 8001 Zürich) and Record Asset Management GmbH and RAM Strategies GmbH are incorporated Germany 
(registered office: Königsallee 92a, 40212 Düsseldorf).

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
126 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

14. Investments continued
Company continued
Capitalised investment in respect of share‑based payments
The accounting treatment of capitalised investment in respect of share‑based payments can be found in note 23.

Investment in seed funds
In addition to the subsidiaries listed above, the Company previously held investments in seed funds. These funds were seed 
investments, with various investment objectives and policies, and are subject to the terms and conditions of their offering 
documentation. The principal activity of each is to invest capital from investors in a portfolio of assets in order to provide a 
return for those investors.

The seed fund investments were presented within investments in the Company statement of financial position, and all seed 
fund entities were sub‑funds of the Record Umbrella Fund, an open‑ended umbrella unit trust authorised in Ireland. The two 
seed funds previously invested in by the Company are shown in the table below.

Group
Entities are consolidated on a line‑by‑line basis where the Group has determined that a controlling interest exists through an 
investment holding in the entity, in accordance with IFRS 10 – “Consolidated Financial Statements”. Otherwise, investments in 
entities are measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Investment in seed funds
The Group controlled the Record Currency – Strategy Development Fund and Record – Currency Multi‑Strategy Fund until 
the termination of the funds in June 2021. Both funds were consolidated in full, on a line‑by‑line basis in the Group’s financial 
statements until the termination date.

Investment in seed funds

Record Currency – Strategy Development Fund 

Record – Currency Multi‑Strategy Fund

Total investment in seed funds

Group

2022
£’000

Company

2021
£’000

2022
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2021
£’000

1,077

862

1,939

Investment in impact bonds
In January 2020, the Group invested £2,287,241 in impact bonds; which are measured at fair value through profit or loss. 
The fair value at the year end was £2,177,372 (2021: £2,198,886). 

Investment in Funds 
The Group has invested £1,211,242 in investment funds, which are measured at fair value through profit or loss. The fair value 
at the year end was £1,069,701 (2021: £847,081).

15. Deferred taxation – Group
Deferred tax is the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets 
and liabilities shown on the statement of financial position. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected 
manner of recovery or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which the asset can be utilised. The carrying amounts of the deferred tax assets are reviewed at each statement of financial 
position date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or 
part of the asset to be recovered.

A deferred tax liability is generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

127

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

Deferred tax assets or liabilities arising on goodwill are not recognised but are however recognised on separately identifiable 
intangible assets. Deferred tax arising on the initial recognition of an asset or liability, other than a business combination, that 
at the time of the transaction affects neither the accounting profit or loss nor the taxable profit or loss, is not recognised.

Credit to income statement in year

Asset/(liability) brought forward 

Asset/(liability) carried forward

The deferred tax asset/(liability) consists of the tax effect of temporary differences in respect of:

Deferred tax allowance on unvested share options

Excess of taxation allowances over depreciation on fixed assets

Total 

2022
£’000

41

212

253

2022
£’000

393

(140)

253

2021
£’000

298

(86)

212

2021
£’000

320

(108)

212

At the year end there were share options not exercised with an intrinsic value for tax purposes of £4,287,634 (2021: £3,755,976). 
On exercise, the Group will be entitled to a corporation tax deduction in respect of the difference between the exercise price 
and the strike price. There is no unprovided deferred taxation. Deferred tax has been calculated based on the current tax rate 
of 19% for differences until 31 March 2023; thereafter, deferred tax has been calculated on a tax rate of 25%, being the tax rate 
from 1 April 2023. It is subject to change if tax rates change in future years. 

16. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less loss allowances. The amortised cost of trade and other receivables is stated at original invoice 
value, as the interest that would be recognised from discounting future cash receipts over the short credit period is not 
considered to be material.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses (“ECLs”) for trade receivables at an 
amount equal to lifetime ECLs. The ECLs on trade receivables are calculated based on actual historic credit loss experience 
over the preceding 25 years on the total balance of non‑credit impaired trade receivables. Accrued income relates to accrued 
management and performance fees earned but not yet invoiced.

An analysis of receivables is provided below:

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Other receivables

Prepayments

Total 

Group

Company

2022
£’000

8,231

25

497

1,130

9,883

2021
£’000

6,519

37

470

980

2022
£’000

3,441

—

38

43

2021
£’000

1,345

—

—

42

8,006

3,522

1,387

All amounts are short‑term. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates 
to their fair value. The Group has not renegotiated the terms of any receivables in the year ended 31 March 2022. The Group’s 
trade receivables are generally short‑term and do not contain significant financing components. 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring ECLs for trade receivables at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs. 
The ECLs on trade receivables are calculated based on actual historic credit loss experience over the preceding 25 years on the 
total balance of non‑credit impaired trade receivables. The Group has therefore concluded that the ECLs for trade receivables 
are reasonable. The Group does not expect to incur any credit losses and has not recognised any ECLs in the current year (2021: 
£nil).

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
128 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

17. Derivative financial assets and liabilities
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at cost on the date on which the contract is first entered into, unless 
the fair value at acquisition is different to cost, in which case fair value is recognised. Subsequently they are measured at fair 
value with gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. Transaction costs are immediately recognised in profit or loss. The fair 
values of derivative financial instruments are determined by reference to active market transactions.

The Group holds derivative financial instruments for two purposes. The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to 
reduce the risk associated with assets denominated in foreign currencies, and additionally uses both foreign exchange options 
and forward foreign exchange contracts in order to achieve a return within the seed funds. The instruments are recognised at 
fair value. The fair value of the contracts is calculated using the market rates prevailing at the period end date. The net gain or 
loss on instruments is included within other income or expense.

Derivative financial assets

Forward foreign exchange contracts held for trading

Foreign exchange options held for trading

Total 

Derivative financial liabilities

Forward foreign exchange contracts held to hedge non‑sterling‑based assets

Forward foreign exchange contracts held for trading

Total 

2022
£’000

—

—

—

2022
£’000

(15)

(109)

(124)

2021
£’000

215

45

260

2021
£’000

—

(16)

(16)

Derivative financial instruments held to hedge non‑sterling‑based assets
At 31 March 2022 there were outstanding contracts with a principal value of £9,085,804 (31 March 2021: £9,076,940) for the 
sale of foreign currencies in the normal course of business. The fair value of the contracts is calculated using the market 
forward contract rates prevailing at 31 March 2022. The Group does not apply hedge accounting.

The net gain or loss on forward foreign exchange contracts held to hedge non‑sterling‑based assets is as follows:

Derivative financial instruments held to hedge non‑sterling‑based assets

Net loss on forward foreign exchange contracts at fair value through profit or loss

2022
£’000

467

2021
£’000

673

Derivative financial instruments held for trading
The Record – Currency Multi‑Strategy Fund and the Record Currency – Strategy Development Fund may use a variety of 
instruments including forward foreign exchange contracts, options and futures in order to achieve a return. 

All derivative financial instruments held by the Record – Currency Multi‑Strategy Fund and the Record Currency – Strategy 
Development Fund were classified as held for trading until termination in June 2021.

At 31 March 2022 there were outstanding contracts with a principal value of £nil (31 March 2021: £10,383,964).

The net gain or loss on derivative financial instruments held for trading for the year was as follows:

Derivative financial instruments held to hedge non‑sterling‑based assets

Net loss on forward foreign exchange contracts and foreign exchange options  
at fair value through profit or loss

2022
£’000

42

2021
£’000

53

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

129

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

18. Cash management
The Group’s cash management strategy employs a variety of treasury management instruments including cash, money market 
deposits and treasury bills. Whilst the Group manages and considers all of these instruments as cash, which are subject to its 
own internal cash management process, not all of these instruments are classified as cash or cash equivalents under IFRS.

IFRS defines cash and cash equivalents as cash in hand, on demand and collateral deposits held with banks, and other 
short‑term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant 
risk of changes in value. Moreover, instruments can only generally be classified as cash and cash equivalents where they are 
held for the purpose of meeting short‑term cash commitments rather than for investment or other purposes.

In the Group’s judgement, bank deposits and treasury bills with maturities in excess of three months do not meet the definition 
of short‑term or highly liquid and are held for purposes other than meeting short‑term commitments. In accordance with 
IFRS, these instruments are not categorised as cash or cash equivalents and are disclosed as money market instruments with 
maturities >3 months from origination.

Assets managed as cash

Bank deposits with maturities > 3 months

Money market instruments with maturities > 3 months

Cash  

Bank deposits with maturities <= 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets managed as cash 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents – sterling

Cash and cash equivalents – USD

Cash and cash equivalents – CHF

Cash and cash equivalents – other currencies

Total cash and cash equivalents

Group

2022
£’000

13,913

13,913

3,345

—

3,345

17,258

2021
£’000

12,932

12,932

2,372

4,475

6,847

19,779

Company

2022
£’000

—

—

43

—

43

43

Group

Company

2022
£’000

1,169

450

318

1,408

3,345

2021
£’000

 3,108

 2,692 

 183

 864

6,847

2022
£’000

43

—

—

—

43

2021
£’000

—

—

173

—

173

173

2021
£’000

173

—

—

—

173

The Group's cash and cash equivalents balance incorporates the cash and cash equivalents held by any fund deemed to be 
under control of Record plc (refer to notes 1 and 4 for explanation of accounting treatment). As at 31 March 2022, the cash and 
cash equivalents held by the seed funds were £nil as the funds terminated in June 2021 (31 March 2021: £3,159,533) and the 
money market instruments with maturities > 3 months held by these funds were £nil (31 March 2021: £427,957). 

Details of how the Group manages credit risk are provided in note 24.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
130 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

19. Current liabilities
Trade and other payables are stated at their original invoice value, as the interest that would be recognised from discounting 
future cash payments over the short payment period is not considered to be material.

Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Amounts owed to Group undertaking

Other payables

Other tax and social security

Accruals 

Total 

Group

Company

2022
£’000

478

—

16

619

3,608

4,721

2021
£’000

384

—

16

486

2,540

3,426

2022
£’000

—

4,155

—

—

6

4,161

2021
£’000

—

10

—

—

6

16

Accruals include £2,506,656 for the Group Profit Share Scheme (31 March 2021: £1,644,761). The Directors consider that the 
carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value.

Current tax liabilities

Corporation tax

Group

Company

2022
£’000

924

2021
£’000

315

2022
£’000

—

2021
£’000

—

20. Financial liabilities
Record plc had made investments in a number of seed funds where it was in a position to be able to control those funds by 
virtue of the size of its holding. When Record plc is not the only investor in such funds and the external investment instrument 
does not meet the definition of an equity instrument under IAS 32 then the instrument is classified as a financial liability. 
The financial liabilities are measured at cost plus movement in value of the third‑party investment in the fund.

The Record – Currency Multi‑Strategy Fund and the Record Currency – Strategy Development Fund were considered to 
be under the control of the Group as the combined holding of Record plc and its Directors constituted a majority interest 
throughout the prior year and through to termination of the funds in June 2021.

The mark‑to‑market value of units held by investors in these funds other than Record plc are shown as financial liabilities in 
the Group financial statements, in accordance with IFRS.

Mark‑to‑market value of external holding in seed funds consolidated into the accounts of the Record Group

Record – Currency Multi‑Strategy Fund

Total financial liabilities

2022
£’000

—

—

2021
£’000

1,696

1,696

The financial liabilities relate only to the fair value of the external investors’ holding in the seed funds, and are in no sense debt.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

131

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

21. Provisions
The Group has provisions reflecting its contractual obligations connected to reaching the end of its contractual lease terms.

Provisions 

Group

Company

2022
£’000

200

2021
£’000

200

2022
£’000

200

2021
£’000

200

22. Issued share capital
The share capital of Record plc consists only of fully paid ordinary shares with a par value of 0.025p each. All shares are 
equally eligible to receive dividends and the repayment of capital and represent one vote at the shareholders’ meeting.

Authorised 

Ordinary shares of 0.025p each

Called‑up, allotted and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 0.025p each

2022

2020

£’000

Number

£’000

Number

100 400,000,000

100 400,000,000

50

199,054,325

50 199,054,325

Movement in Record plc shares held by the Record plc Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”)
The EBT was formed to hold shares acquired under the Record plc share‑based compensation plans. Under IFRS the EBT is 
considered to be under de facto control of the Group, and has therefore been consolidated into the Group financial statements.

Neither the purchase nor sale of own shares leads to a gain or loss being recognised in the Group statement of 
comprehensive income.

Record plc shares held by EBT as at 31 March 2020

Adjustment for net purchases by EBT

Record plc shares held by EBT as at 31 March 2021

Adjustment for net purchases by EBT

Record plc shares held by EBT as at 31 March 2022

Number

3,219,387

3,077,270

6,296,657

3,335,374

9,632,031

The holding of the EBT comprises own shares that have not vested unconditionally to employees of the Group. Own shares are 
recorded at cost and are deducted from retained earnings.

Further information regarding the Record plc share‑based compensation plans and relevant transactions made during the 
year is included in note 23.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
132 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

23. Share‑based payments
During the year ended 31 March 2022 the Group has managed the following share‑based compensation plans: 

•  the Group Profit Share Scheme: share awards issued under the Group Profit Share Scheme are classified as share‑based 

payments with cash alternatives under IFRS 2;

•  the Record plc Share Scheme: share options issued under the Record plc Share Scheme are classified as equity‑settled 

share‑based payments under IFRS 2;

•  the Record plc Share Incentive Plan: the Group operates the Record plc Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) to encourage more 

widespread ownership of Record plc shares by employees. The SIP is a tax‑approved scheme offering attractive tax savings 
for employees retaining their shares in the scheme over the medium to long term; and

•  the Record plc Jointly Owned Share Plan: participants’ interests awarded under the Jointly Owned Share Plan (“JSOP”) are 

classified as equity‑settled share‑based payments under IFRS 2.

All obligations arising from the four schemes have been fulfilled through purchasing shares in the market.

a. Group Profit Share Scheme
Share‑based payments with cash alternatives
These transactions are compound financial instruments, which include a debt element and a cash element. The fair value 
of the debt component of the amounts payable to the employee is calculated as the cash amount alternative offered to the 
employee at grant date and the fair value of the equity component of the amounts payable to the employee is calculated as the 
market value of the share award at grant date less the cash forfeited in order to receive the share award. The debt component 
is charged to profit or loss over the period in which the award is earned and remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. 
The equity component is charged to profit or loss over the period in which the award is earned.

The Group Profit Share Scheme allocates a proportion of operating profits to a profit share pool to be distributed between all 
employees of the Group. The Remuneration Committee has the discretion to vary the proportion allocated to the profit share 
pool between 25% and 35% of operating profits. Directors and senior employees receive one‑third of their profit share in 
cash, one‑third in shares (“Earned Shares”) and may elect to receive the final third as cash only or to allocate some, or all, of 
the amount for the purchase of Additional Shares. The charge to profit or loss in respect of Earned Shares in the period was 
£1,463,802 (2021: £765,606). Other employees receive two‑thirds of their profit share in cash and may elect to receive the final 
third as cash only or to allocate some, or all, of the amount for the purchase of Additional Shares.

All shares which are the subject of share awards vest immediately and are transferred to a nominee, allowing the employee, as 
beneficial owner, to retain full rights in respect of the shares purchased. Shares awarded under the Group Profit Share Scheme 
are subject to restrictions over subsequent sale and transfer and these restrictions are automatically lifted over one‑third 
on each anniversary of the profit share payment date for the next three years. In the meantime, these shares cannot be sold, 
transferred or otherwise disposed of without the consent of the Remuneration Committee.

The Group Profit Share Scheme rules contain clawback provisions allowing for the repayment of profit share payments under 
certain circumstances, including a material breach of contract, an error in performance of duties or a restatement of accounts 
which leads to a change in any prior award under the scheme.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

133

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

b. The Record plc Share Scheme
Equity‑settled share‑based payments
The fair value of the amounts payable to employees under these awards is recognised as an expense over the vesting period 
of the award, with a corresponding increase in equity. All such awards made by the Group involve the parent company granting 
rights to its equity instruments to employees of its subsidiary. Consequently, the subsidiary measures the services received 
from its employees in accordance with the above classification under IFRS 2 and recognises a corresponding increase in equity 
as a contribution from the parent. The parent has the obligation to settle the transaction with the subsidiary’s employees and 
therefore recognises an increase in its investment in the subsidiary and a corresponding increase in equity.

The fair value of options granted is measured at grant date using an appropriate valuation model, taking into account the terms 
and conditions upon which the instruments were granted including any market or performance conditions, and using quoted 
share prices.

The Record plc Share Scheme allows deferred share awards to be granted to employees and Directors in the Record Group. 
Part 1 of the scheme allows the grant of tax‑unapproved (“Unapproved”) options to employees and Directors and Part 2 allows 
the grant of HMRC tax‑approved (“Approved”) options to employees and Directors. Each participant may be granted Approved 
options over shares with a total market value of up to £30,000 on the date of grant. There is no such limit on the value of grant 
for Unapproved options, which have historically been granted with a market value exercise price in the same way as for the 
Approved options.

Options over an aggregate of 3,747,500 shares were granted under the Share Scheme during the year (2021: 3,850,000), of 
which options over 195,000 shares were granted as Approved options and options over 3,552,500 shares were granted as 
Unapproved options (2021: all granted as Unapproved options). All Approved options and 952,500 Unapproved options were 
granted with an exercise price per share equal to the share price prevailing at the time of grant, the remaining 2,600,000 
Unapproved options were granted with an exercise price below the share price prevailing at the time of grant. 

The 195,000 Approved options issued to employees on 13 August 2021 all become exercisable on the fourth anniversary of 
the date of grant, subject to the employee being in employment with the Group at the relevant vesting date and to the extent 
performance conditions have been satisfied.

The 3,552,500 Unapproved options issued to employees on 13 August 2021 each become exercisable in four equal tranches 
on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the employee being in employment with the 
Group at the relevant vesting date and to the extent performance conditions have been satisfied.

The fair value of the services provided by employees has been calculated indirectly by reference to the fair value of the equity 
instruments granted. Fair value amounts for the options granted in the year ended 31 March 2022, and for which a charge 
to profit or loss was made in the year, were determined using a Black‑Scholes option‑pricing method and the following 
assumptions:

Model input 

Share price  

Dividend yield

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Option life 

Risk‑free interest rate (%)

Weighted 
average value

85.7p

2.89%

54.0p

40%

2.6 years

52%

Expected volatility is based on historical volatility.

The Group share‑based payment expense in respect of the Share Scheme was £530,779 for the year ended 31 March 2022 
(2021: £181,095).

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
134 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

23. Share‑based payments continued
b. The Record plc Share Scheme continued
Outstanding share options
At 31 March 2022, the total number of ordinary shares of 0.025p outstanding under Record plc share compensation schemes 
was 11,605,545 (2021: 11,844,421). These deferred share awards and options are over issued shares, a proportion of which are 
hedged by shares held in an EBT. Details of outstanding share options awarded to employees are set out below:

Date of grant 

30/11/16

30/11/16

30/11/16

26/01/18

26/01/18

26/01/18

26/01/18

29/03/19

29/03/19

21/08/19

18/03/20

21/09/20

25/01/21

09/03/21

13/08/21

13/08/21

13/08/21

At 1 April 
2021

90,000

62,500

733,336

1,267,500

127,750

34,667

1,288,668

460,000

277,500

1,985,000

1,667,500

3,425,000

300,000

125,000

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed/
forfeited

At 31 March 
2022

Earliest vesting 
date

Latest vesting 
date1

Exercise 
price

—

—

—

(90,000)

(62,500)

—

—

—

(733,336)

—

—

—

30/11/20

30/11/20

£0.34072

30/11/19

30/11/20

£0.34072

30/11/20

30/11/21

£0.34072

— (1,078,000)

(34,500)

155,000

26/01/22

26/01/22

£0.4350

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(122,625)

—

5,125

26/01/20

26/01/22

£0.4350

—

—

—

(92,500)

(17,333)

17,334

26/01/21

26/01/23

£0.4350

(644,332)

644,336

26/01/21

26/01/23

£0.4350

—

—

460,000

29/03/23

29/03/23

£0.2830

185,000

29/03/20

29/03/23

£0.2830

—

— 1,985,000

21/08/22

21/08/24

£0.3110

(405,000)

(25,000)

1,237,500

18/03/21

18/03/24

£0.28902

(606,250)

(75,000)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,818,750

21/09/21

21/09/24

£0.3730

225,000

25/01/22

25/01/25

£0.49425

125,000

09/03/22

09/03/25

£0.63986

195,000

13/08/25

13/08/25

£0.85713

— 2,600,000

13/08/22

13/08/25

£0.4000

—

952,500

13/08/22

13/08/25

£0.85713

—

195,000

— 2,600,000

—

952,500

Total options

11,844,421

3,747,500

(2,531,875)

(1,454,501)

11,605,545

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
options

£0.36

£0.54

£0.39

£0.38

£0.41

1.  Under the terms of the deeds of grants, options are exercisable for twelve months following the vesting date.

During the year 2,531,875 options were exercised. The weighted average share price at date of exercise was £0.77. 
At 31 March 2022, a total of 946,375 options had vested and were exercisable (2021: 701,375). At 31 March 2022, the weighted 
average exercise price of the options vested and exercisable was £0.35 (2021: £0.31) and the weighted average contractual 
life was two years (2021: two years).

The Directors’ interests in the combined share schemes are as follows:

Record plc Group Profit Share Scheme (interest in restricted share awards)

Leslie Hill  

Steve Cullen 

Record plc Share Scheme (interest in unvested share options)

Leslie Hill  

Steve Cullen 

Ordinary shares held as at

31 March 
2022

31 March
2021

467,296

379,841

57,422

75,849

668,334

945,001

301,668

526,668

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

135

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

Performance measures
Performance conditions attached to all options granted to Board Directors differ to those granted for all other staff. All 
Executive Director option awards are subject to a performance condition and vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth 
anniversaries of the date of grant subject to an earnings per share (“EPS”) hurdle linked to the annualised EPS growth for the 
respective three, four and five‑year periods from grant. Vesting is on a stepped basis, with 25% of each tranche vesting if EPS 
growth over the relevant period is at least RPI plus 4% per annum, increasing through 50%, 75% and with 100% vesting if EPS 
growth exceeds RPI plus 13%, as shown in the table below. Options awarded subject to EPS performance conditions are valued 
using a Black‑Scholes model, adjusted for the impact of the performance conditions.

Record’s average EPS growth

>RPI growth + 13%

>RPI growth + 10%, =RPI growth + 7%, =RPI growth + 4%, = 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

2022
£’000

8,231

25

497

—

13,913

3,345

26,011

2021
£’000

6,519

37

470

260

13,613

6,166

27,065

The debtors’ age analysis is also evaluated on a regular basis for expected credit losses. It is management’s opinion that there 
is no requirement to provide for any expected credit losses. The table below is an analysis of trade receivables and accrued 
income by due date:

At 31 March 2022 

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Total 

At 31 March 2021 

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Total 

Carrying
amount
£’000

8,231

25

8,256

Carrying
amount
£’000

6,519

37

6,556

Neither 
impaired nor 
past due
£’000

0‑3 months
past due
£’000

More than
3 months
past due
£’000

8,231

25

8,256

100%

—

—

—

0%

—

—

—

0%

Neither 
impaired nor 
past due
£’000

0‑3 months
past due
£’000

More than
3 months
past due
£’000

6,519

37

6,556

100%

—

—

—

0%

—

—

—

0%

The Group offers standard credit terms of 30 days from invoice date. It is the Group’s policy to assess debtors for expected loss 
on an individual basis and to make a provision where it is considered necessary. In assessing recoverability, the Group takes 
into account any indicators of impairment up to the reporting date. The application of this policy generally results in debts that 
are past due not being provided for unless individual circumstances indicate that a debt is impaired.

Trade receivables are made up of 91 debtors’ balances (2021: 82). The largest individual debtor corresponds to 16% of the total 
balance (2021: 15%). Debtor days, based on the generally accepted calculation of debtor days, is 85 days (2021: 94 days). This 
reflects the quarterly billing cycle used by the Group for the vast majority of its fees. As at 31 March 2022, 0% of debt was 
overdue (2021: 0%). No debtors’ balances have been renegotiated during the year or in the prior year.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

139

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

Liquidity risk
The Group is exposed to liquidity risk, namely that it may be unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. The Group 
maintains sufficient cash and marketable securities to be able to meet all such obligations. Management review cash flow 
forecasts on a regular basis to determine whether the Group has sufficient cash reserves to meet the future working capital 
requirements and to take advantage of business opportunities. The average creditor payment period is 28 days (2021: 29 days).

The impact of covid‑19 and the Russia/Ukraine crisis has been considered, and management believe that the Group’s ability to 
meet its obligations is unaffected.

Contractual maturity analysis for financial liabilities

At 31 March 2022 

Trade payables

Accruals 

Derivative financial liabilities

Total 

At 31 March 2021 

Trade payables

Accruals 

Derivative financial liabilities

Total 

Carrying
amount
£’000

478

3,608

124

4,210

Carrying
amount
£’000

384

2,538

16

2,938

Due or due
in less than
1 month
£’000

Due between
1 and 
3 months
£’000

Due between
3 months
and 1 year
£’000

318

302

7

627

29

1,503

117

1,649

131

1,803

—

1,934

Due or due
in less than
1 month
£’000

Due between
1 and 
3 months
£’000

Due between
3 months
and 1 year
£’000

191

420

6

617

30

809

10

849

163

1,309

—

1,472

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of a financial instrument or cash flows associated with the instrument will fluctuate 
due to changes in market interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from interest‑bearing financial assets and liabilities held by 
the Group. Interest‑bearing assets comprise money market instruments and cash and cash equivalents which are considered 
to be short‑term liquid assets. It is the Group’s policy to settle trade payables within the credit terms allowed and the Group 
does not therefore incur interest on overdue balances.

A sensitivity analysis has not been disclosed for the impact of interest rate changes as any reasonable range of change in 
interest rate would not directly have a material impact on profit or equity.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
140 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

24. Financial risk management continued
Interest rate profiles

At 31 March 2022 

Financial assets

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Other receivables

Money market instruments with maturities > 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Accruals 

Lease liability

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Total financial liabilities

At 31 March 2021 

Financial assets

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Other receivables

Derivative financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Money market instruments with maturities > 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Accruals 

Lease liability

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities 

Total financial liabilities

Fixed rate
£’000

Floating rate
£’000

No 
interest rate
£’000

Total
£’000

—

—

—

13,913

3,345

17,258

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8,231

8,231

25

497

—

—

8,753

(478)

(3,608)

(1,326)

(124)

25

497

13,913

3,345

26,011

(478)

(3,608)

(1,326)

(124)

(5,536)

(5,536)

Fixed rate
£’000

Floating rate
£’000

No 
interest rate
£’000

Total
£’000

—

—

—

—

12,932

682

13,614

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6,165

6,165

—

—

—

—

—

—

6,519

6,519

37

470

260

—

—

7,286

37

470

260

12,932

6,847

27,065

(384)

(384)

(2,538)

(2,538)

(539)

(16)

(1,696)

(5,173)

(539)

(16)

(1,696)

(5,173)

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

141

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk refers to the risk that the value of a financial commitment or recognised asset or liability will fluctuate 
due to changes in foreign currency rates. The Group makes use of forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the risk 
relating to future transactions in accordance with the Group’s risk management policy. 

The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on revenue invoices and cash holdings that are denominated in a currency 
other than sterling, and also on assets and liabilities held by the Record Currency – Strategy Development Fund. The principal 
currencies giving rise to this risk are the US dollar, the Swiss franc, the euro and the Canadian dollar.

During the year ended 31 March 2022, the Group invoiced the following amounts in currencies other than sterling:

US dollar (USD)

Swiss franc (CHF)

Euro (EUR)  

Canadian dollar (CAD)

Australian dollar (AUD)

Japanese yen (JPY)

Swedish krona (SEK)

Singapore dollar (SGD)

2022

2021

Local 
currency
value
£’000

23,949

12,460

4,135

1,626

1,029

4,824

36

4

Value in
reporting
currency
£’000

17,742

10,010

3,498

960

563

31

3

2

Local 
currency
value
£’000

13,185

13,375

3,185

1,238

838

—

672

14

Value in
reporting
currency
£’000

9,912

11,072

3,828

719

467

—

49

8

The value of revenues for the year ended 31 March 2022 that were denominated in currencies other than sterling was 
£32.8 million (31 March 2021: £24.7 million).

Record’s policy is to reduce the risk associated with the Group’s revenues denominated in foreign currencies by using forward 
fixed rate currency sales contracts, taking into account any forecast foreign currency cash flows.

The settlement of these forward foreign exchange contracts is expected to occur within the following three months. 
Changes in the fair values of forward foreign exchange contracts are recognised directly in profit or loss.

The cash denominated in currencies other than sterling (refer to note 18) is covered by the Group’s hedging process, 
therefore the Directors consider that the foreign currency risk on cash balances is not material.

Foreign currency risk – sensitivity analysis
The Group has considered the sensitivity to exchange rate movements by considering the impact on those revenues, costs, 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies as experienced in the given period.

Sterling weakening by 10% against the dollar

Sterling strengthening by 10% against the dollar 

Sterling weakening by 10% against the Swiss franc 

Sterling strengthening by 10% against the Swiss franc

Impact on profit after tax 
for the year ended 31 March

Impact on total equity 
as at 31 March

2022
£’000

871

(871)

445

(445)

2021
£’000

489

(489)

551

(551)

2022
£’000

871

(871)

445

(445)

2021
£’000

489

(489)

551

(551)

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
142 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

24. Financial risk management continued
Sterling/US dollar exchange rate
The impact of a change of 10% has been selected as this is considered reasonable given the current level of exchange rates 
and the volatility observed on a historical basis and market expectations for future movement. When applied to the average 
sterling/USD exchange rate of £1 = $1.35 this would result in sterling weakening to £1 = $1.23 and sterling strengthening 
to £1 = $1.50.

Sterling/Swiss franc exchange rate
The impact of a change of 10% has been selected as this is considered reasonable given the current level of exchange rates 
and the volatility observed on a historical basis and market expectations for future movement. When applied to the average 
sterling/CHF exchange rate of £1 = CHF 1.24 this would result in sterling weakening to £1 = CHF 1.13 and sterling strengthening 
to £1 = CHF 1.38.

Sensitivity analyses have not been disclosed for other currencies as any reasonable range of change in exchange rate would 
not have a material impact on profit or equity.

Concentration risk 
The Group is exposed to concentration risk in respect of product, client type and geographical location, which could lead to 
over‑reliance on any one category of revenue. Note 4 provides detail on clients contributing greater than 10% of revenue. 
Mitigating activities are detailed in the Risk management section on page 52.

Concentration risk – sensitivity analysis 
The Group has considered the impact of losing the Group’s largest client, assuming that only variable remuneration costs 
can be reduced in the short term.

Loss of largest client

Impact on profit after tax 
for the year ended 31 March

Impact on total equity 
as at 31 March

2022
£’000

2,594

2021
£’000

2,352

2022
£’000

2,594

2021
£’000

2,352

25. Fair value measurement
The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial 
position in accordance with the fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy groups financial assets and liabilities into three levels based 
on the significance of inputs used in measuring the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities. The fair value hierarchy has 
the following levels:

•  level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical financial assets or liabilities;
•  level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the financial asset or liability, 

indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•  level 3: inputs for the financial asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The level within which the financial asset or liability is classified is determined based on the lowest level of input to the 
fair value measurement. The financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position are 
grouped into the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Impact bonds

Investment in funds

Other investments

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Forward foreign exchange contracts held to hedge non‑sterling assets

Other investments

Total 

2022
£’000

2,177

1,070

200

(15)

(110)

Level 1
£’000

2,177

944

—

—

—

3,322

3,121

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

—

—

—

(15)

(110)

(125)

—

126

200

—

—

326

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

143

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Impact bonds

Forward foreign exchange contracts used by seed funds

Foreign exchange options used by seed funds

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Forward foreign exchange contracts used by seed funds

Total 

2021
£’000

Level 1
£’000

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

2,199

2,199

215

45

(16)

—

—

—

2,443

2,199

—

215

45

(16)

244

—

—

—

—

—

There have been no transfers between levels in the reporting period (2021: none).

Basis for classification of financial instruments classified as level 1 within the fair value hierarchy
Impact bonds are classified as level 1. These bonds are valued using the market price and coupon rate.

Basis for classification of financial instruments classified as level 2 within the fair value hierarchy
Forward foreign exchange contracts and options are both classified as level 2. Both of these instruments are traded on an 
active market. Options are valued using an industry standard model with inputs based on observable market data whilst the 
fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts may be established using interpolation of observable market data rather 
than from a quoted price.

Classes and fair value of financial instruments
It is the Directors’ opinion that the carrying value of all financial instruments approximates to their fair value.

Categories of financial instrument

At 31 March 2022 

Impact bonds

Investment in funds

Other investments

Trade and other receivables (excludes prepayments)

Money market instruments with maturities > 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade payables

Accruals 

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Total 

At 31 March 2021 

Impact bonds

Trade and other receivables (excludes prepayments)

Money market instruments with maturities > 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Trade payables

Accruals 

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Note

14

14

14

16

18

18

19

19

17

Note

14

16

18

18

17

19

19

17

Assets at
amortised
cost
£’000

Financial
liabilities 
measured at
amortised cost
£’000

Assets at
fair value
through
profit or loss
£’000

Liabilities at
fair value
through profit
or loss
£’000

—

—

—

8,753

13,913

3,345

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(478)

(3,608)

—

2,177

1,070

200

—

—

—

—

—

—

26,011

4,086

3,447

Assets at
amortised
cost
£’000

—

7,027

12,932

6,847

—

—

—

—

Financial
liabilities 
measured at
amortised cost
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

(384)

(2,540)

—

Assets at
fair value
through
profit or loss
£’000

2,199

—

—

—

260

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(124)

(124)

Liabilities at
fair value
through profit
or loss
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(16)

(16)

Total 

26,806

(2,924)

2,459

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
144 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

26. Related parties transactions
Company
Details of transactions between the Company and other Group undertakings, which are related parties of the Company, are 
shown below:

Transactions with subsidiaries
The Company’s subsidiary undertakings are listed in note 14, which includes a description of the nature of their business.

Amounts due (to)/from subsidiaries

Net dividends received from subsidiaries

2022
£’000

(714)

4,600

2021
£’000

1,265

5,270

Amounts owed to and by related parties will be settled in cash. No guarantees have been given or received. No provisions for 
expected credit losses have been raised against amounts outstanding (2021: £nil). No expense has been recognised during the 
year in respect of expected credit losses due from related parties.

Group
Transactions or balances between Group entities have been eliminated on consolidation, and in accordance with IAS 24, are not 
disclosed in this note.

Key management personnel compensation

Short‑term employee benefits

Post‑employment benefits

Share‑based payments

Total 

2022
£’000

8,457

330

2,467

11,254

Key management personnel dividends
The dividends paid to key management personnel in the year ended 31 March 2022 totalled £3,056,662 (2021: £3,028,563).

Directors’ remuneration

Emoluments (excluding pension contribution)

Pension contribution (including payments made in lieu of pension contributions)

Total 

2022
£’000

2,809

96

2,905

2021
£’000

6,214

309

949

7,472

2021
£’000

2,015

125

2,140

During the year, no Directors of the Company (2021: one) participated in the Group Personal Pension Plan, a defined 
contribution scheme. Further detail on Directors’ remuneration is provided in the Remuneration report on page 85. 

Transactions with seed funds
From time to time, the Group injects capital into funds operated by the Group to trial new products (seed capital). If the Group 
is able to exercise control over such a seed fund by holding a majority interest (whether the majority interest is held by Record 
plc alone, or by combining the interests of Record plc and its Directors), then the fund is considered to be a related party.

Record Currency – Strategy Development Fund and Record – Currency Multi‑Strategy Fund were related parties on this basis 
until June 2021, when the funds were closed.

During the year, Record plc Director Leslie Hill redeemed £605,217 from the Record – Currency Multi‑Strategy Fund.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

145

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2022 continued

27. Contingent liabilities and commitments
The Group has committed to subscriptions to equity capital of $550,000, of which $166,900 has been called. 

On 1 October 2021, the Group committed to a licence to use an office in London. The commitment is to 31 October 2023 and 
the outstanding amount to be paid at 31 March 2022 was £558,600. £352,800 is payable within 12 months and £205,800 
the following 12 months.

28. Capital management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are (i) to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern; 
(ii) to provide an adequate return to shareholders; and (iii) to meet regulatory capital requirements set by the UK Financial 
Conduct Authority.

The Group sets the amount of capital in proportion to risk. The Group manages the capital structure and makes adjustments to 
it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. In order to maintain or adjust 
the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, 
or issue new shares. The Group had no debt in the current or prior financial year and consequently does not calculate a 
debt‑to‑adjusted capital ratio.

The Group’s capital is managed within the categories set out below:

Required regulatory capital

Other operating capital

Total capital 

2022
£m

5.4

20.5

25.9

2021
£m

9.4

17.4

26.8

Total capital covers the Group's regulatory capital requirements plus capital required for day‑to‑day operational purposes and 
other investment purposes. The Directors consider that the other operating capital significantly exceeds the actual day‑to‑day 
operational requirements.

29. Ultimate controlling party
As at 31 March 2022 the Company had no ultimate controlling party, nor at 31 March 2021.

30. Post‑reporting date events
No adjusting or significant non‑adjusting events have occurred between the reporting date and the date of authorisation. 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
146 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Five year summary

Year ended 31 March 

Management fees

Performance fees

Other revenue

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses

Other income/(expenditure)

Operating profit

Net interest 

Profit before taxation

Taxation  

Profit after taxation

Basic EPS (pence)

Ordinary dividend (pence)

Special dividend (pence)

Restated

2018
£’000

23,497

—

337

2019
£’000

Audited

2020
£’000

2021
£’000

2022
£’000

22,308

23,133

24,878

34,083

2,333

332

1,819

611

81

453

499

570

23,834

24,973

25,563

25,412

35,152

(311)

23,523

(16,424)

173

7,272

56

7,328

(1,182)

6,146

3.03

2.30

0.50

(385)

(255)

(399)

(219)

24,588

25,308

25,013

34,933

(16,704)

(17,741)

(18,934)

(23,726)

(8)

7,876

113

7,989

(1,559)

6,430

3.27

2.30

0.69

82

7,649

88

7,737

(1,365)

6,372

3.26

2.30

0.41

41

6,120

33

6,153

(802)

5,351

2.75

2.30

0.45

(372)

10,835

21

10,856

(2,225)

8,631

4.52

3.60

0.92

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022  

147

Information for shareholders 

30 June 2022

1 July 2022

29 July 2022

9 August 2022

Annual General Meeting 

Final dividend payment date 

Registrar
Link Group
10th Floor  
Central Square  
29 Wellington Street  
Leeds  
LS1 4DL

Further information about the Registrar is available on their 
website www.linkgroup.eu

Record plc
Record plc is a public limited company incorporated in the UK.  
Registered in England and Wales  
Company No. 1927640

Dates for 2022 dividend

Ex‑dividend date 

Record date  

Registered office
Morgan House  
Madeira Walk  
Windsor  
Berkshire  
SL4 1EP  
United Kingdom 

Tel: +44 (0)1753 852 222  
Fax: +44 (0)1753 852 224

Principal UK trading subsidiaries
Record Currency Management Limited
Registered in England and Wales  
Company No. 1710736

Record Group Services Limited
Registered in England and Wales  
Company No. 1927639

Both principal UK trading subsidiaries are based in Windsor.

Further information on Record plc can be found on the 
Group’s website: www.recordfg.com

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
148 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2022 

Definitions

“AIFMD”

“Articles”

“AUME”

“Board”

“bps”

“Companies Act”

“Company”

“$” or “dollars”

“EBT”

“EM”

“EPS”

“ESG”

“ETF”

“EU”

“FRB”

Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive

The Articles of Association of the Company

Assets Under Management Equivalents

Company’s Board of Directors

Basis point = 100th of a per cent

Every statute (including any orders, regulations or other subordinate legislation 
made under it) from time to time in force concerning companies in so far as it applies to 
the Company

Record plc

All references to dollars or $ symbol are to the currency of the US unless stated otherwise

Employee Benefit Trust

Emerging Markets

Earnings per share

Environmental, social and governance

Exchange traded fund

European Union

Forward Rate Bias

“Group” or “Record”

The Company and/or any one of its subsidiary undertakings

“IAS”

International Accounting Standards

“IFRS” or “IFRSs”

International Financial Reporting Standards

“IPO”

“KPI”

“KRI”

“LGPS”

Initial Public Offering

Key Performance Indicator

Key Risk Indicator

Local Government Pension Schemes

“London Stock Exchange”

London Stock Exchange plc

“MiFID”

“Official List”

“TIPS”

“US”

Markets in Financial Instruments Directive

The official list of the Financial Conduct Authority

US government treasury inflation protected securities

United States of America

AUME definition
The basis for measuring AUME differs for each product and is detailed below:

•  Dynamic Hedging mandates – total amount of clients’ investment portfolios denominated in liquid foreign currencies, 

and hence capable (under the terms of the relevant mandate) of being hedged.

•  Passive Hedging mandates – the aggregate nominal amount of passive hedges actually outstanding in respect of each 

client.

•  Currency for Return mandates – the maximum aggregate nominal amount of outstanding forward contracts for each client.
•  Multi‑product mandates – the chargeable mandate size for each client. 
•  Cash – the total set aside by clients and managed and/or “equitised” using futures by Record.

The Group’s commitment to the environment is reflected in this report, which has been printed on 
Munken Polar Smooth, an FSC® certified material. It also has EU Ecolabel, EMAS, ISO-14001 and PEFCTM 
(PEFC/05-33-99) certification. Arctic Paper Munkedals AB is one of the most environmentally-friendly 
paper mills in the world and meets the requirements for FSC® Chain-of-Custody (“CoC”) certification. 
FSC® CoC certification assures that products sold with an FSC® claim originate from well-managed 
forests, controlled sources, and/or reclaimed materials in their supply chain. It confirms that 
throughout the production process there is: respect for human rights, adherence to all local applicable 
timber legislation and no involvement in the destruction of high conservation areas. Arctic Paper 
Munkedals’ Munkedal mill is committed to reducing its long-term environmental impact and has the 
lowest water consumption per kilogram of paper in the entire industry, whilst the company’s energy 
usage is within or below the EU’s Best Available Techniques.

This document was printed by Pureprint Group using its environmental print technology, with 100% of 
dry waste diverted from landfill, minimising the impact of printing on the environment. The printer is a 
CarbonNeutral® company and ISO 14001 registered.

Designed and produced by 

www.lyonsbennett.com

Record plc

Morgan House 
Madeira Walk 
Windsor 
Berkshire SL4 1EP 
T: +44 (0)1753 852 222

marketing@recordfg.com 
www.recordfg.com

R

e

c

o

r

d

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

2

 
 
 
 
 
R
e
c
o
r
d
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
2